WO2020224486A1 - Calling method, device and system - Google Patents

Calling method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020224486A1
WO2020224486A1 PCT/CN2020/087500 CN2020087500W WO2020224486A1 WO 2020224486 A1 WO2020224486 A1 WO 2020224486A1 CN 2020087500 W CN2020087500 W CN 2020087500W WO 2020224486 A1 WO2020224486 A1 WO 2020224486A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
call
mobile phone
voip
voip call
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/087500
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴霞
韩笑
葛峰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020224486A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020224486A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0264Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a camera module assembly
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/03Constructional features of telephone transmitters or receivers, e.g. telephone hand-sets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72406User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by software upgrading or downloading
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/72412User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories using two-way short-range wireless interfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72454User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72469User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones for operating the device by selecting functions from two or more displayed items, e.g. menus or icons
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72484User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones wherein functions are triggered by incoming communication events
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M7/00Arrangements for interconnection between switching centres
    • H04M7/006Networks other than PSTN/ISDN providing telephone service, e.g. Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), including next generation networks with a packet-switched transport layer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/16Communication-related supplementary services, e.g. call-transfer or call-hold
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular to a call method, device and system.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a call method, device, and system, which can quickly and conveniently transfer the mobile phone call to other devices (such as household equipment) when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to call.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a call method.
  • the method may include: when the first electronic device receives an incoming call request from a third electronic device to request a VoIP call, the first electronic device may detect whether it is within the distance range There is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if it is detected that there is a device within the distance, such as a second electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first electronic device receives the user’s first input, which is used to request the transfer
  • the VoIP call is transferred to the second electronic device; in response to the first input, the first electronic device may send a request message to the cloud server.
  • the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device for the user
  • a VoIP call is made with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
  • the above-mentioned first electronic device and third electronic device may be a mobile phone, and the second electronic device may be a household device, a tablet or other devices.
  • the first electronic device such as a mobile phone
  • the first electronic device detects that there is a device within the distance range that can be used for call transfer (such as a VoIP call)
  • the user when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the user can execute the request
  • the call is transferred to the input made in the second electronic device, so that the call can be made through the second electronic device. In this way, users can conveniently and quickly transfer calls to other devices, which improves the call experience.
  • the method may further include: in response to the above-mentioned call request, the first electronic device displays a first interface; wherein, if the first electronic device detects that the second electronic device can be used For VoIP call transfer, the first interface may include buttons corresponding to the second electronic device; if the first electronic device detects that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface may include Buttons corresponding to at least two devices on a one-to-one basis, and the at least two devices include the above-mentioned second electronic device; correspondingly, the first electronic device receiving the user's first input may specifically include: the first electronic device receiving the user's first input 2.
  • the trigger operation of the button corresponding to the electronic device When the mobile phone detects that there is a device within the distance that can be used for call transfer, by displaying the button used to transfer the call to the device on the mobile phone, when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the button can be used to trigger the operation. To make a call through the device. In this way, the efficiency of human-computer interaction is improved, and the call experience is further improved.
  • whether there is a device within the detection distance range of the first electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer may include: the detection distance range of the first electronic device Whether there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls; among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP calls Call transfer. By judging whether there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it can be determined whether there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  • whether there is a device within the detection distance range of the first electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer may include: the detection distance range of the first electronic device Whether there is a device that supports VoIP calls, and detects whether the device that supports VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices; among them, if there is a device within the distance range that supports VoIP calls, and the device that supports VoIP calls interacts with the first electronic device To trust the device, it is determined that there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is no device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, or there is a device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, but the device that supports VoIP calls does not interact with the first electronic device If the device is trusted, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  • the device supporting VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices, which may specifically be: the device supporting VoIP calls and the first electronic device The device is logged in to the same account; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account of the login account of the first electronic device; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is a contact of the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device detects whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, which may include: the first electronic device uses Wi-Fi The Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast method detects whether there are devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or, the first electronic device uses a positioning method to detect whether there are devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer. It can be determined which devices are within the distance range through Wi-Fi broadcasting, Bluetooth broadcasting or positioning.
  • the method may further include: The device displays a second interface, and the second interface may include a hang-up button and a switch button; the first electronic device receives a user's trigger operation on the hang-up button, and in response to the trigger operation on the hang-up button, the first electronic device sends a request to the cloud server Send a hang-up command, the hang-up command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the VoIP call between the second electronic device and the third electronic device; or, the first electronic device receives the user's trigger operation on the switch button, and responds to the trigger operation on the switch button , The first electronic device sends a transfer command to the cloud server.
  • the transfer command is used to request the cloud server to disconnect the VoIP call connection with the second electronic device and establish a VoIP call connection with the first electronic device so that the user can communicate with the second electronic device through the first electronic device.
  • Three electronic devices make VoIP calls.
  • the control of the VoIP call can be retained in the first electronic device, so as to facilitate the user to control the VoIP call on the first electronic device and improve the user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which may include: a processor, a memory, a display screen, and a mobile communication module; the processor, a mobile communication module, the display screen and the memory are coupled, and the memory is used to store the computer Program code.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions.
  • the electronic device executes the following operations: receiving an incoming call request from a third electronic device, which is used to request a VoIP call; Whether there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; when it is detected that there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the user's first input is received, and the first input is used to request the transfer of the VoIP call to the second electronic device Proceed, the second electronic device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance; in response to the first input, a request message is sent to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, So that the user can make a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device described in the second aspect may be the first electronic device described in the first aspect.
  • the electronic device when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following operations: in response to the incoming call request, display the first interface; wherein, if the second electronic device is detected If it can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface includes a button corresponding to the second electronic device; if it is detected that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, then the first interface includes at least two The buttons have a one-to-one correspondence between the devices, and at least two devices include the second electronic device; receiving the user's first input specifically includes: receiving the user's trigger operation on the button corresponding to the second electronic device.
  • whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer specifically: whether there is a device within the detection distance range that supports VoIP calls ; Among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no devices can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  • whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer specifically: whether there is a device within the detection distance range that supports VoIP calls , And detect whether the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices; among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, and the devices that support VoIP calls and the electronic devices are mutually trusted devices, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, or there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, but the devices that support VoIP calls and the electronic devices are not mutually trusted devices, then it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer .
  • the device supporting VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices. Specifically, the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device log in to the same An account; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account for the login account of the electronic device; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is a contact of the electronic device.
  • whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer which can be specifically: Wi-Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast Detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or, use a positioning method to detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  • the electronic device when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following operations: display a second interface, and the second interface includes a hangup button And the switch button; receive the user's trigger operation on the hangup button, and send a hangup command to the cloud server in response to the trigger operation on the hangup button.
  • the hangup command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the second electronic device and the third electronic device VoIP call; or, receiving the user's trigger operation on the switch button, and in response to the trigger operation on the switch button, send a transfer command to the cloud server, the transfer command is used to request the cloud server to disconnect the VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, Establish a VoIP call connection with the electronic device, so that the user can make a VoIP call with a third electronic device through the electronic device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including: computer software instructions; when the computer software instructions run in an electronic device (such as the above-mentioned first electronic device), the electronic device executes the same as in the first aspect Or the call method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the call method as described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect .
  • inventions of the present application provide an electronic device (such as the above-mentioned first electronic device).
  • the electronic device may include: one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, One or more processors are used to execute one or more computer programs; one or more computer programs include instructions that can be used to execute the communication described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device that has a function of implementing the behavior of the first electronic device in the method of the first aspect.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions, for example, a communication unit or module, a detection unit or module, an input unit or module, a display unit or module, etc.
  • a call system may include: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, a third electronic device, and a cloud server; the first electronic device may be any one of the second aspect or the second aspect described above The electronic equipment described in item.
  • the third electronic device is used to send a call request to the first electronic device, and the call request can be used to request a VoIP call;
  • the first electronic device is used to receive the call request and detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP Call transfer, when it is detected that there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the user's first input is received, and the first input is used to request the transfer of the VoIP call to the second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device is Devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer; in response to the first input, send a request message to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device; the cloud server is used to receive the request message Establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device; the second electronic device is used to transmit audio and video data of the VoIP call with the third electronic device through the cloud server based on the VoIP call connection.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • first, second, etc. may be used to describe the electronic device in the following embodiments, the electronic device should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish electronic devices from each other.
  • the first electronic device may also be referred to as the second electronic device, and similarly, the second electronic device may also be referred to as the first electronic device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a call method.
  • a user does not want to use a mobile phone to make a call, he can select a device that can be used for call transfer on the mobile phone to conveniently and quickly transfer the call to other devices, thereby improving the call experience.
  • the call described in the embodiment of this application can refer to a call transmitted through the traditional telephone network of a telecommunication operator (for example, a basic call in the embodiment of this application), or it can be via the Internet.
  • VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the VoIP call may be a voice call or a video call using a network chat tool.
  • the network chat tool may be an application installed in an electronic device, such as a mobile phone.
  • it can be an embedded application (ie, a mobile phone system application) or a downloadable application.
  • Embedded applications are applications provided as part of the mobile phone implementation.
  • a downloadable application is an application that can provide its own Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) connection.
  • the downloadable application may be an application pre-installed in the mobile phone or may be a third-party application downloaded and installed in the mobile phone by the user. Such as WeChat, etc. Users can use HiCall or WeChat to make voice calls or video calls with other users.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture that can apply the aforementioned call method according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the system architecture may include at least two electronic devices: for example, a first electronic device 101 and a second electronic device 102.
  • the foregoing system architecture may further include a third electronic device 103.
  • the first electronic device 101 can be used as one end of the call to communicate with the third electronic device 103.
  • the second electronic device 102 may be a device that can be used for call transfer.
  • the user does not want or is inconvenient to use the first electronic device 101 to make a call with the user of the third electronic device 103, he can choose to use the second electronic device 102 for the call, that is, the call can be transferred to the second electronic device 102 get on.
  • the specific implementation of transferring the call to the second electronic device 102 may be: the first electronic device 101 forwards the audio and video data during the call. Specifically: the first electronic device 101 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103. The first electronic device 101 transmits the received downlink audio and video signal to the second electronic device 102. The second electronic device 102 may convert the received downstream audio and video data and then use the earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen of the second electronic device 102 to play it. At the same time, during the user's speech, the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals, convert them into uplink audio and video data, and transmit them to the first electronic device 101.
  • the first electronic device 101 After the first electronic device 101 receives the uplink audio and video data from the second electronic device 102, it can transmit the uplink audio and video data to the third electronic device 103.
  • the first electronic device 101 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103, converts the downlink audio and video data and transmits it to the second electronic device 102, so that the second electronic device 102 can use the second electronic device 102 Earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen for playback.
  • the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals and transmit the signals to the first electronic device 101.
  • the first electronic device 101 can convert the received signal into uplink audio and video data and then transmit it to the third electronic device 103.
  • the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can establish a Wi-Fi link through a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) protocol, or use a Bluetooth protocol to establish a Bluetooth link. Based on the established link, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can transmit audio and video data (such as the aforementioned uplink audio and video data and/or the aforementioned downlink audio and video data) during the call.
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth protocol
  • the specific implementation of establishing a Wi-Fi link between the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 through the Wi-Fi protocol may be that the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 establish a peer-to-peer (peer-to-peer) to-peer, P2P) connection (or called Wi-Fi Direct), or the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 access the same Wi-Fi access point (or called Router) to realize the connection between the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102. If the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 establish a P2P connection, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 transmit audio and video data during the call.
  • peer-to-peer peer-to-peer
  • P2P peer-to-peer
  • Router Wi-Fi access point
  • the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 The electronic device 102 transmits audio and video data during the call through the P2P connection. If the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 are connected by accessing the same Wi-Fi access point, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can be connected through the Wi-Fi access point. Forwarding realizes the transmission of audio and video data during a call.
  • the specific implementation of transferring the call to the second electronic device 102 may be: the second electronic device 102 directly communicates with the third electronic device 103. Specifically: the second electronic device 102 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103, converts the received downlink audio and video data, and uses the earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen of the second electronic device 102 to perform Play. At the same time, during the user's speech, the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals, convert them into uplink audio and video data, and transmit them to the third electronic device 103.
  • the first electronic device 101 can retain control of the current call, such as hanging up the call, answering the call, switching back to the mobile phone call, call waiting, etc.
  • the first electronic device 101 may not retain control of the current call, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first electronic device 101 may be a device such as a mobile phone.
  • the second electronic device 102 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a television, a smart speaker, a smart watch, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart headset, and other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific forms of the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102.
  • the above-mentioned first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 may be the same type of electronic device, for example, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 are both mobile phones.
  • the above-mentioned first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 may be different types of electronic devices, for example, the first electronic device 101 is a mobile phone, and the second electronic device 102 is a television (in FIG. The second electronic device 102 is a TV set as an example).
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the structure of the first electronic device 101 and/or the second electronic device 102 may be as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the electronic device may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142, Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and the environment Light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver receiver/transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device and the peripheral device. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is only a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charge management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in an electronic device can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to electronic devices.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications in electronic devices including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device realizes the display function through GPU, display screen 194, and application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • emitting diode AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device may include 1 or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the display screen 194 may display a waiting interface, or an incoming call reminder interface, or a call interface.
  • the display screen 194 can also be used to display a button for transferring the call to the corresponding device.
  • Electronic equipment can realize shooting functions through ISP, camera 193, video codec, GPU, display 194, and application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats.
  • the electronic device may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device can support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • NPU can realize the intelligent cognition of electronic devices and other applications, such as: image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, etc.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the processor 110 may execute the instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to transfer the call when the electronic device is talking with other electronic devices, if it receives the user's operation to select another electronic device to talk.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the electronic device can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called a “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device may be provided with at least one microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can realize noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals.
  • the electronic device may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device determines the strength of the pressure based on the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyroscope sensor 180B detects the angle of the shake of the electronic device, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device through a reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is a flip machine, the electronic device can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device in various directions (generally three-axis).
  • the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • Distance sensor 180F used to measure distance.
  • Electronic equipment can measure distance through infrared or laser.
  • the electronic device may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device emits infrared light through the light-emitting diode.
  • Electronic devices use photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device can determine that there is no object near the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. Electronic devices can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to unlock fingerprints, access application locks, take photos with fingerprints, and answer calls with fingerprints.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibrating notification of incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device adopts eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device and cannot be separated from the electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when the first electronic device receives an incoming call from the third electronic device, or the user uses the first electronic device to make a call to the third electronic device, or the user uses the first electronic device and the user of the third electronic device During a call, if the user does not want or is inconvenient to continue using the first electronic device for the call, then when the first electronic device determines that a second electronic device can be used for call transfer, the user can choose to transfer the call to the second electronic device. Electronic equipment.
  • the first electronic device and the third electronic device are both mobile phones (for example, the first electronic device is mobile phone 1, and the third electronic device is mobile phone 2), and the second electronic device is household equipment (such as , Tablet computers, televisions, smart speakers, etc.) as an example, according to different application scenarios, the call method provided in the embodiments of the present application will be introduced in detail.
  • the following uses mobile phone 1 as the called device and mobile phone 2 as the calling device as an example to introduce the call method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from mobile phone 2.
  • a user of mobile phone 2 wants to talk with a user of mobile phone 1, he can dial in the phone application of mobile phone 2, so that mobile phone 1 can receive a call request from mobile phone 2 for requesting to communicate with mobile phone 2.
  • 1 Make a basic call.
  • the user of mobile phone 2 can also use a network chat tool, such as Huawei’s HiCall, to choose to make VoIP calls (such as voice calls or video calls) with the user of mobile phone 1 in HiCall, so that mobile phone 1 can also receive
  • the incoming call request from mobile phone 2 is used to request a VoIP call with mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 can perform an incoming call reminder.
  • the mobile phone 1 may remind the incoming call through one or more of the display screen, indicator, motor speaker, etc. of the mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 can control the display screen to display a corresponding interface to remind of incoming calls.
  • the mobile phone 1 in response to the incoming call request, can also detect whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a button for transferring the call to the device in the corresponding interface displayed.
  • the buttons displayed on the corresponding interface correspond one-to-one with the detected devices that can be used for call transfer.
  • the corresponding interface may be the first interface described in the embodiment of this application, such as the incoming call reminder interface, the first banner, the second banner, etc. in the following embodiments.
  • the mobile phone 1 may perform a full-screen call reminder.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 301 on the display screen.
  • the call reminder interface 301 may include an answer button 302 and a hang up button 303.
  • a button for transferring the aforementioned basic call to the device may also be displayed in the incoming call reminder interface 301.
  • a button 304 in the incoming call reminder interface 301. Contains the words "answer with speakers”. The button 304 can be used to transfer the aforementioned basic call to the speaker.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 301 Button 305, the button 305 contains the words "Answer with another device". The user can click the button 305.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a window 306 in the incoming call reminder interface 301.
  • the window 306 includes a button 307 for transferring the basic call to the speaker, such as a button 307 may include the identification of the speaker and the name of the speaker (the button 307 may also only include the identification of the speaker or the name of the speaker), and the button 308 to transfer the above basic call to the tablet.
  • the button 308 may include the identification of the tablet and the name of the tablet (The button 308 may only include the identification of the tablet or the name of the tablet).
  • the mobile phone 1 when it detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 301 to transfer the basic call to the corresponding equipment. For example, if the mobile phone 1 detects that the speaker and the tablet can be used for the above basic call transfer, it can directly display a button (such as a button containing the words "answer with the speaker") in the incoming call reminder interface 301 to transfer the basic call In the speaker. Another button (such as a button containing the words "answer with tablet”) can also be displayed in the incoming call reminder interface 301, which is used to transfer the basic call to the tablet.
  • a button such as a button containing the words "answer with tablet
  • the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 401 on the display screen.
  • the incoming call reminder interface 401 may include an answer button 402 and a hang-up button 403.
  • the call reminder interface may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Voice" 404, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a voice call.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the voice call transfer, it may also display a button for transferring the voice call to the device in the incoming call reminder interface 401.
  • a button 404 in the incoming call reminder interface 401, and the button 404 Contains the words "answer with speakers". The button 404 can be used to transfer the aforementioned voice call to the speaker.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 401 Button 405, the button 405 contains the words "answer with other equipment". The user can click the button 405. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 406 in the incoming call reminder interface 401, and the window 406 includes a button 407 for transferring the voice call to the speaker, such as a button 407 may include the identification of the speaker and the name of the speaker (the button 407 may also only include the identification of the speaker or the name of the speaker), and the button 408 for transferring the voice call to the tablet.
  • the button 408 may include the identification of the tablet and the name of the tablet. (The button 408 may also only include the identification of the tablet or the name of the tablet).
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned voice call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 401 for transferring the voice call to the corresponding equipment.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 501 on the display screen.
  • the call reminder interface 501 may include a mute button 502, a hang up button 503, a video answer button 504, a voice answer button 505 and corresponding words (eg, "mute", "hang up", "video answer” and "voice answer ").
  • the incoming call reminder interface 501 may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Video" 506, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a video call.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned video call to the device in the incoming call reminder interface 501.
  • a button 507 in the incoming call reminder interface 501, and the button 507 It contains the words "answer on TV".
  • the button 507 can be used to transfer the aforementioned video call to the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 501 A button 508 is displayed, and the button 508 contains the words "answer with another device". The user can click the button 508.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a window 509 in the incoming call reminder interface 501.
  • the window 509 includes a button 510 for transferring the above-mentioned video call to the TV, such as
  • the button 510 can include the logo of the TV and the name of the TV (the button 510 can also only include the logo of the TV or the name of the TV), and the button 511 for transferring the above video call to the tablet.
  • the button 511 can include the name of the tablet.
  • the logo and the name of the tablet (the button 511 may also only include the logo of the tablet or the name of the tablet).
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 501 to transfer the aforementioned video call to the corresponding equipment.
  • the mobile phone 1 may also perform banner incoming call reminders.
  • the banner call reminder can include the following two methods.
  • Method 1 Mobile phone 1 can display the first banner on the interface currently displayed on the display screen.
  • the interface currently displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone 1 is the desktop of the mobile phone 1 (or called the home screen) as an example.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 601 on the desktop.
  • the first banner 601 may include an answer button 602 and a hang up button 603.
  • the first banner 601 may also include the words "answer” corresponding to the answer button 602, and the words "reject” corresponding to the hang-up button 603.
  • the first banner 601 may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned basic call to the device.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the first banner 601 for transferring the aforementioned basic call
  • the button 604 may contain the identification of the speaker and the words "answer with the speaker".
  • the button 604 may also only contain the identification of the speaker or the words "answer with the speaker”.
  • the mobile phone 1 can be in the first banner 601 A button 605 is displayed, and the button 605 may include the "other" mark and the words "answer by other means".
  • the user can click the button 605.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a window 606, which includes a button 607 for transferring the basic call to the speaker.
  • the button 607 contains "answer with speaker "”
  • the button 608 for transferring the above basic call to the TV.
  • the button 608 contains the words "Answer on TV”.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices that can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 601 to transfer the basic call to the corresponding equipment.
  • the above incoming call request is used to request a voice call with mobile phone 1
  • the user of mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a voice call with the user of mobile phone 1
  • the interface currently displayed on the display screen of mobile phone 1 is the desktop of mobile phone 1. example.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 701 on the desktop.
  • the first banner 701 may include an answer button 702 and a hang up button 703.
  • the first banner 701 may also include the words "answer” corresponding to the answer button 702, and the words "reject” corresponding to the hang-up button 703.
  • the first banner 701 may also include prompt information, such as "HiCall voice" 704, which is used to prompt the user to request a voice call.
  • the first banner 701 may also display a button for transferring the voice call to the device.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 704 in the first banner 701, and the button 704 can Contains the speaker's logo and the words "answer with the speaker".
  • the button 704 can be used to transfer the aforementioned voice call to the speaker.
  • the button 704 may also only contain the identification of the speaker or the words "answer with the speaker”.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 706 that includes a button 707 for transferring the voice call to the speaker.
  • the button 707 may include "Use speaker The word "answer” and the button 708 for transferring the above-mentioned voice call to the TV.
  • the button 708 contains the word "answer on the TV".
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the voice call transfer, it can also directly display a corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 701 for transferring the voice call to the corresponding voice call. equipment.
  • the above call request is used to request a video call with mobile phone 1.
  • the user of mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a video call with the user of mobile phone 1.
  • the interface currently displayed on the screen of mobile phone 1 is the desktop of mobile phone 1. example.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 801 on the desktop.
  • the first banner 801 may include a hang-up button 802, a video answer button 803, a voice answer button 804 and corresponding words (for example, "reject", "video answer” and "voice answer”).
  • the first banner 801 may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Video” 805, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a video call.
  • the first banner 801 may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned video call to the device.
  • the banner notification it is stipulated that only 3 buttons are allowed to be displayed on the banner.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a button 806 in the first banner 801, and the button 806 contains the "other" logo and the words "other way to answer". The user can click the button 806. In response to the click operation, as shown in FIG.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 807 in the window 807 including: a button 808 containing the words "Voice Answer” for transferring the above-mentioned video call to the TV
  • the button 809 of the phone such as the button 809 includes the words "answer with TV”
  • the button 810 for transferring the video call to the speaker for example, the button 810 includes the words "answer with the speaker”.
  • the above button 808 and the button 804 shown in (a) in FIG. 8 are both used to trigger the mobile phone 1 to answer the video call by voice answering.
  • the voice answer button can also be used in the window 807. 804 replaces the button 808, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the mobile phone 1 when it detects that there is a device that can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 801 to transfer the aforementioned video call to the corresponding device, for example, The width of the banner 801 is increased to display the corresponding button.
  • buttons that need to be displayed on the first banner 801 are more than 3, the example of (b) in Figure 8 above is the button that will be used to trigger the mobile phone 1 to answer the video call by voice answering. , And the button used to transfer the video call to other devices is placed in a menu (such as the above window 807) to hide and display as an example.
  • the voice answer button 804 can also be displayed in the first On the banner 801, the above-mentioned hang-up button 802 or the video answer button 803, which is also used to transfer the video call to other devices, are placed in the window 807 to hide and display.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the buttons directly displayed on the first banner 801 and the buttons that are hidden and displayed in the window 807.
  • Method 2 Mobile phone 1 can display the second banner on the interface currently displayed on the display screen.
  • the size of the second banner is smaller than the size of the aforementioned first banner.
  • mobile phone 1 When the user is using mobile phone 1 to play games, watch videos or navigate, that is, when mobile phone 1 is currently displaying the interface of an application in full screen, if mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request, mobile phone 1 can display a second banner on the interface currently displayed on the display To remind you of incoming calls.
  • the size of the second banner is smaller than the size of the first banner.
  • FIG. 9 take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 901 on the currently displayed game interface.
  • the size of the second banner 901 is smaller than the size of the first banner 601 shown in FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 10 take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a voice call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 1001 on the currently displayed game interface.
  • the size of the second banner 1001 is smaller than the size of the first banner 701 shown in FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 11 take the above-mentioned call request for requesting a video call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 receives the call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 1101 on the currently displayed game interface.
  • the size of the second banner 1101 is smaller than the size of the first banner 801 shown in FIG. 8.
  • the second banner only includes buttons, not the words corresponding to the buttons.
  • the above-mentioned call request is used to request a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • the second banner 901 includes an answer button 902 and a hang up button 903, but does not include the words corresponding to the answer button 902 and the words corresponding to the hang up button 903.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the second banner 901 for transferring the aforementioned basic call To the button 904 of the speaker, the button 604 only contains the identification of the speaker, and does not contain the words "answer with the speaker”.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can be displayed in the second banner 901 A button 905 is displayed, and the button 905 only contains the "other" logo and does not contain the word "answer by other means”.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 906, which may include a button 907 for transferring the above-mentioned basic call to the speaker.
  • the button 907 contains "Use speaker The word "answer”
  • the button 908 that transfers the basic call to the TV.
  • the button 908 contains the word "answer on the TV”.
  • the above-mentioned call request is used to request a voice call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • the second banner 1001 includes an answer button 1002 and a hang-up button 1003, but does not include the words corresponding to the answer button 1002 and the words corresponding to the hang-up button 1003.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the second banner 1001 for transferring the voice call To the button 1004 of the speaker, the button 1004 only contains the identification of the speaker, and does not contain the words "answer with the speaker".
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1006, which may include a button 1007 for transferring the voice call to the speaker.
  • the button 1007 includes "Use speaker "Answer” and the button 1008 for transferring the above voice call to the TV.
  • the button 1008 contains the words "Answer with TV”.
  • the second banner 1101 includes a hang-up button 1102, a video answer button 1103, and a voice answer button 1104. It does not include the words corresponding to the hang-up button 1102, and the word corresponding to the video answer button 1103. The words and words corresponding to the voice answer button 1104.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there are one or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display buttons in the second banner 1101 1105.
  • the button 1105 only contains the "other" logo, and does not contain the words "answer by other means”.
  • the user can click the button 1105.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1106, and the window 1106 includes: a button 1107 containing the words "Voice Answer” for transferring the aforementioned video call to the TV
  • the button 1108 of the phone for example, the button 1108 includes the words "answer with TV”
  • the button 1109 for transferring the video call to the speaker for example, the button 1109 includes the words "answer with the speaker”.
  • buttons included on the second banner have different display positions compared with the buttons included on the first banner.
  • the buttons included on the second banner 901 are distributed on both sides of the phone number of the incoming call.
  • the button on the first banner 601 shown in FIG. 6 is located below the phone number of the incoming call.
  • the examples in the other figures are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second banner please refer to the corresponding description of the first banner, which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also control the indicator of the mobile phone 1 to flicker, control the motor of the mobile phone 1 to vibrate, and control the speaker of the mobile phone 1 to play incoming call ringtones to remind the incoming call.
  • the specific implementation for the mobile phone 1 to detect whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer may be: after the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request, it can determine whether there is a device in the near field environment (that is, within a certain distance). The device can be used for call transfer.
  • the above-mentioned incoming call request is used to request a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example.
  • Mobile phone 1 can determine whether a device has established a wireless connection with mobile phone 1 (for example, Wi-Fi connection and/or Bluetooth connection, a device has established a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone 1 can be: a device has established a P2P connection with mobile phone 1 , Or a device and the mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point), and it is determined whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make a basic call.
  • a wireless connection with mobile phone 1 for example, Wi-Fi connection and/or Bluetooth connection, a device has established a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone 1 can be: a device has established a P2P connection with mobile phone 1 , Or a device and the mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point
  • the mobile phone 1 can determine that there is a device that can be used for call transfer.
  • a device that can be used for call transfer is a device that establishes a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 and has basic call capabilities. For example, as shown in (a) in Figure 3, (b) in Figure 6 or (b) in Figure 9, after receiving an incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can detect that there is a device, namely a speaker and The mobile phone 1 establishes a wireless connection, and the mobile phone 1 determines that the speaker is capable of basic calls. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker can be used for call transfer.
  • the mobile phone 1 after receiving the incoming call request, can detect that there are two devices, namely the speaker and the tablet have established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1, and the mobile phone 1 determines the speaker Both the tablet and the tablet have basic call capabilities. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker and tablet can be used for call transfer. As shown in the example shown in Figure 6(c) or Figure 9(c), after receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can detect that there are two devices, namely the speaker and the TV set up a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1. , And the mobile phone 1 determines that both the speaker and the TV have basic call capabilities.
  • the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker and the TV can be used for call transfer.
  • the mobile phone 1 can learn whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make basic calls: Method 1.
  • the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 can determine whether it has the ability to make basic calls.
  • the instruction is reported to the mobile phone 1 through the established wireless connection; method 2, the mobile phone 1 can obtain an indication from the cloud server whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make basic calls.
  • the server can be a device that provides smart home services for mobile phones 1, and various home devices, such as speakers, televisions, and tablets.
  • the above-mentioned call request is used to request a VoIP call with the mobile phone 1, such as a voice call or a video call, as an example.
  • the mobile phone 1 can determine whether there is a device in the near field environment that can be used for call transfer by means of Wi-Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast.
  • the device that can be used for call transfer needs to meet condition 1: supporting VoIP calls, that is, the corresponding VoIP call service needs to be activated. Further, a device that can be used for call transfer also needs to meet condition 2: it is a device trusted by the mobile phone 1, or it is a mutually trusted device with the mobile phone 1, so that the security after the call is transferred can be guaranteed.
  • condition 1 supporting VoIP calls
  • a device that can be used for call transfer also needs to meet condition 2: it is a device trusted by the mobile phone 1, or it is a mutually trusted device with the mobile phone 1, so that the security after the call is transferred can be guaranteed.
  • the mobile phone 1 also supports VoIP calls, that is, the corresponding VoIP call service is also activated.
  • VoIP calls usually need to be bound to an account, so the mobile phone 1 is bound (or logged in) to an account.
  • a certain device is a device trusted by the mobile phone 1, or a certain device and the mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices, which may mean that the device and the mobile phone 1 are logged in to the same account.
  • the device can also log in to a different account with the mobile phone 1, but the device and the mobile phone 1 are associated with each other. For example, if the device and the mobile phone 1 are associated with each other, the account that the device logs in is a contact of the mobile phone 1. Alternatively, the device and the mobile phone 1 may be associated with each other because the device is a device authorized by the mobile phone 1.
  • the device logging in to the account is a device trusted by mobile phone 1, or the device logging in to the account and mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices.
  • the account mentioned in the embodiment of this application may be an account provided by a cloud service provider for the user, such as a Huawei account, a Huawei account, an Apple ID, etc., and may also be an account used to log in to an application, such as a WeChat account , Google Mail account, etc.
  • the mobile phone 1 uses Wi-Fi broadcasting to determine whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer as an example. After receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can initiate a Wi-Fi broadcast. In this way, other devices located in the near-field environment, such as tablets, TVs, speakers, laptops, etc., can receive the Wi-Fi broadcast of the mobile phone 1.
  • Devices such as tablets, TVs, speakers, and laptops can respond to received Wi-Fi broadcasts, that is, feedback response messages.
  • the response message can carry an indication of whether the device supports VoIP calls, such as whether it supports Huawei's HiCall calls, and can also carry supported call types, such as voice calls and/or video calls.
  • VoIP calls such as whether it supports Huawei's HiCall calls
  • call types such as voice calls and/or video calls.
  • a user purchases a device that supports VoIP calls, such as HiCall he can download the corresponding application on the device (or download it on the device) on the phone, and then scan the QR code on the device or through In the near field discovery method, activate the HiCall call service of the device in the application. After the device's HiCall call service is activated, the device can support HiCall calls.
  • the ability of the device to support HiCall calls can also be written into the underlying profile of the device, and the call types supported by the device can also be written. In this way, this can be based on the response message to the mobile phone 1 by carrying the indication of whether the device supports HiCall and the supported call type after receiving the Wi-Fi broadcast.
  • the device written in the underlying configuration file supports HiCall calls after the device is powered off, and the call type supported by the device will be lost, you can rewrite the device to the underlying configuration file when the device is powered on again and logged in.
  • the call capability that is, whether to support HiCall calls and the supported call types.
  • the device after the user downloads the application, the device can also be bound to an account through the application.
  • the mobile phone 1 may first establish an untrusted connection with each device after receiving the response message from the tablet, TV, speaker, notebook computer and other devices. Based on the established untrusted connection, the mobile phone 1 and each device can transmit information required for trusted authentication.
  • the verification of the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and each device can be completed through central authentication or distributed authentication, so that the mobile phone 1 can determine which of these devices such as tablets, TVs, speakers, and laptops are trustworthy
  • the device, or which of the mobile phone 1 and the tablet, TV, speaker, laptop and other devices are mutually trusted devices.
  • mobile phone 1 determines that the tablet, TV, and speakers are trusted devices, or mobile phone 1 and the tablet are mutually trusted devices, mobile phone 1 and TV are also mutually trusted devices, mobile phone 1 and speakers are also mutually trusted devices, and laptops It is not a trusted device or the mobile phone 1 and the laptop are not mutually trusted devices.
  • the mobile phone 1 can determine whether it supports VoIP calls according to the response messages fed back from the tablet, TV, and speakers. If VoIP calls are supported, the device is finally determined to be a device that can be used for call transfer.
  • the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is a speaker.
  • the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is a TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 finally determines that the devices that can be used for call transfer are TV sets and tablets. As shown in (c) in Figure 7, (b) in Figure 8, (c) in Figure 10, or (b) in Figure 11, the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is TV and speakers.
  • the process of determining whether a device can be used for call transfer by the mobile phone 1 through Bluetooth broadcasting is similar to the foregoing process for determining whether a device can be used for call transfer through Wi-Fi broadcasting. I won't repeat it in detail.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also use a positioning method to determine the near field environment (ie, determine the distance range). For example, the mobile phone 1 can use the positioning method to determine the location of the mobile phone 1. If the mobile phone 1 is in the user's home, the mobile phone 1 can determine whether there are any devices in the user's home (such as various household equipment or tablets) that can be used for calls. Transfer. Mobile phone 1 can also determine whether the device and mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point.
  • mobile phone 1 can connect to mobile phone 1. Enter the devices at the same Wi-Fi access point to determine whether any devices can be used for call transfer.
  • the embodiment of the present application here does not specifically limit the specific implementation of determining the near-field environment (that is, determining the distance range).
  • the verification of the trust relationship between the devices through the central authentication method may specifically be: the mobile phone 1 and the device (such as a television) that needs to perform the trust relationship authentication transmit the information required for the trusted authentication
  • the server verifies the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and the TV, and feeds back the verification result to the mobile phone 1.
  • a device is trusted by mobile phone 1 or a device and mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices, it means that the device and mobile phone 1 are logged in to the same account as an example.
  • the information required for trusted authentication can be the account logged in by the mobile phone 1 and the account logged in by the TV.
  • the server determines that the account logged in by the mobile phone 1 is the same account as the account logged in by the TV, it can determine that the TV is a trusted device of the mobile phone 1, or that the mobile phone 1 and the TV are mutually trusted devices.
  • the above verification of the trust relationship between devices through the distributed authentication method may specifically be: when the mobile phone 1 and the device (such as a TV) that require trust relationship authentication are authenticated for the first time, the mobile phone 1 and the TV will be The required information is transmitted to the server of the cloud trust center, and the server verifies the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and the TV.
  • the server can pass the certificate/public key used for trust relationship authentication to the mobile phone 1 and the TV.
  • the two devices can verify whether the TV is a trusted device of the mobile phone 1, or whether the mobile phone 1 and the TV are mutually trusted by means of public key authentication device signatures equipment.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for call transfer (such as the above basic call transfer, or voice call transfer, or video call transfer), the displayed The buttons used to transfer calls to these multiple devices are sorted.
  • the mobile phone 1 can record which devices have been selected by the user for call transfer, and can also record the number of times that the user has selected a device for call transfer, or the number of times the device has been selected for call transfer. The more, the button for transferring the call to the device can be displayed first. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (c) in Figure 3, the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, the speaker and the tablet can be used for call transfer, and the user has selected the speaker for call transfer, and has not selected the tablet for call transfer. Then the button 307 for transferring the call to the speaker is displayed before the button 308 for transferring the call to the tablet.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, the TV and the tablet can be used for call transfer, and both of these devices have been selected by the user for call transfer, and The number of times the user selects the TV set is greater than the number of times the user selects the tablet, then the button 510 for transferring the call to the TV is displayed before the button 511 for transferring the call to the tablet.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display different types of calls according to different types of calls. Transfer the call to the button of the corresponding device.
  • buttons corresponding to devices with good sound effects may be displayed first.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, a speaker and a TV, which can be used for call transfer.
  • the button 707 for transferring the call to the speaker may be displayed before the button 708 for transferring the call to the television.
  • buttons corresponding to devices with large screens can be displayed first.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, a speaker and a TV, which can be used for call transfer.
  • the mobile phone 1 may give priority to displaying the buttons of the device with better conditions.
  • Better conditions may include one or more of the following: larger screen, closer distance, better picture quality, being used and not currently being used for calls, etc. Among them, these conditions can be obtained in the process of whether the above detection device can be used for call transfer. For example, after the mobile phone 1 determines that a certain device can be used for call transfer, the information of the device can be obtained to obtain the above conditions.
  • the user of mobile phone 1 can choose to reject the call.
  • the user can click the hang-up button 303.
  • the mobile phone 1 may reject the incoming call from the mobile phone 2.
  • the user can click the hang up button 703.
  • the mobile phone 1 can reject the voice call request of the mobile phone 2.
  • the user can click the hang-up button 1102.
  • the mobile phone 1 may reject the video call request of the mobile phone 2.
  • the user of mobile phone 1 can also choose to answer the call.
  • the user can choose to use the mobile phone 1 to make a call.
  • the user can click the answer button 402.
  • the mobile phone 1 can establish a voice call connection with the mobile phone 2 in response to the click operation. Based on the established voice call connection, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1.
  • the user can click the answer button 602.
  • the mobile phone 1 can establish a basic call connection with the mobile phone 2 in response to the click operation. Based on the established basic call connection, the user of mobile phone 1 can make a basic call with the user of mobile phone 2 through mobile phone 1.
  • the user can click the voice answer button 1104.
  • the mobile phone 1 can establish a voice call connection with the mobile phone 2.
  • the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1.
  • the user can also click the video answer button 1103.
  • the mobile phone 1 can establish a video call connection with the mobile phone 2.
  • the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a video call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 when the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device that can be used for call transfer, the user may also choose to transfer the call to another device, that is to say, perform audio and video data presentation and collection through other devices.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that the TV can be used for call transfer, and displays a button 507 for transferring the call to the TV on the incoming call reminder interface 501.
  • the user can perform a trigger operation on the button 507, such as a click operation (the user's trigger operation on the button 507 may be the first input described in the embodiment of this application), and in response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can transfer the video call In other words, the user of mobile phone 1 can make a video call with the user of mobile phone 2 through the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that the speaker and the TV can be used for voice call transfer, and displays a button 1005 for answering in other ways in the second banner 1001. The user can click the button 1005. In response to the user's clicking operation on the button 1005, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1006.
  • the window 1006 includes a button 1007 for transferring the voice call to the speaker, and a button 1008 for transferring the voice call to the TV.
  • a trigger operation on the button 1007 such as a click operation (the user's trigger operation on the button 1007 may be the first input described in the embodiment of the present application)
  • the mobile phone 1 can transfer the voice call to the speaker, that is, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the speaker.
  • the user can say the command "answer with a speaker” (the command "answer with a speaker” is the first input described in this embodiment of the application), So that the mobile phone 1 can transfer the voice call to the speaker.
  • the mobile phone 1 can act as an intermediate device to forward the audio and video data of the call between the device and the mobile phone 2. , That is, after the call is transferred, mobile phone 1 is always associated with the call. In other words, the mobile phone 1 can receive the audio and video data of the call from the mobile phone 2 and forward it to the device, so that the device can present the audio and video data from the mobile phone 2 to the user. The mobile phone 1 can also receive the audio and video data of the call from the device (audio and video data is collected by the device), and forward it to the mobile phone 2.
  • the mobile phone 1 and the device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the Wi-Fi link, or transmit the audio and video data of the call through the Bluetooth link
  • the mobile phone 1 and the device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the P2P connection established between the two, or the mobile phone 1 and the device
  • the device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the forwarding of the Wi-Fi access points that the two access.
  • the audio and video data of the call is directly exchanged between the device and the mobile phone 2, and the call is not associated with the mobile phone 1 at this time.
  • mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 pass through a cloud server (for example, when using Huawei HiCall to implement VoIP During a call, the cloud server may refer to a Huawei cloud server or a traditional telephone network of a telecom operator to establish a connection, and the other device is only used as an audio and video input/output device of the mobile phone 1.
  • a cloud server for example, when using Huawei HiCall to implement VoIP
  • the cloud server may refer to a Huawei cloud server or a traditional telephone network of a telecom operator to establish a connection
  • the other device is only used as an audio and video input/output device of the mobile phone 1.
  • the other device and the mobile phone 2 directly establish a connection through the cloud server or the traditional telephone network of the telecom operator; and in this scenario, For basic calls, it is required that the other device is connected with a SIM card or installed with a soft SIM card.
  • the user chooses to switch the video call to the TV, and the video call is not associated with the mobile phone 1 after the video call is transferred to the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 switches the call to the TV.
  • the TV can establish a video call connection with the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server through its logged-in account. In this way, the TV can collect audio and video data and transmit it to the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server.
  • the TV can also receive audio and video data sent by the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server and present it to the user.
  • the specific implementation of transferring the call to the other device may be: After receiving the user’s first input, such as clicking on a button used to transfer the call to another device (such as a TV), the mobile phone 1 can send a message to the cloud server (or a network device in the traditional telephone network of a telecom operator) Send a request message.
  • the request message may be a transfer instruction, which may be used to request a cloud server (or a network device in a traditional telephone network of a telecom operator) to establish a VoIP call connection (or a basic call connection) with the TV.
  • the cloud server (or network equipment in the traditional telephone network of the telecom operator) can establish a VoIP call connection (or basic call connection) with the TV, that is, the TV and the mobile phone 2 pass through the cloud server (or telecom operation).
  • the business’s traditional telephone network establishes a VoIP call connection (or basic call connection). In this way, the user can make a VoIP call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 can retain control of the call.
  • the mobile phone 1 can retain the control of hanging up the call, switching back to the mobile phone 1, and mute.
  • the user can hang up the call in the mobile phone 1, switch the call back to the mobile phone 1, and mute the call.
  • the collection and presentation of audio and video data is performed by the transferred equipment.
  • the mobile phone may display a second interface, such as a control interface, and the control interface may include buttons for hanging up, switching back to the mobile phone 1, mute and other controls.
  • the user can operate these buttons to achieve corresponding control.
  • the mobile phone 1 receives a user's trigger operation on a button for hanging up (for example, called a hang-up button) in the control interface of the mobile phone 1, the mobile phone 1 can send a request to a cloud server (or a traditional telecom operator).
  • the network device in the telephone network sends the corresponding hang-up command to end the call.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also send a hang-up command to the other device for the device to perform state synchronization, such as hanging up a call.
  • the mobile phone 1 may send a request to the cloud server (or telecom The network equipment in the traditional telephone network of the operator) sends a corresponding transfer command, which can be used to request to disconnect the call connection with the TV and establish a call connection with the mobile phone 1, so as to transfer the call back to the mobile phone 1.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also send a transfer command to the other device, so that the device stops presenting and collecting audio and video data. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (b) of FIG. 8, it is taken as an example that the user switches the video call to the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display the control portal 1201.
  • the control interface 1202 may include a hang-up button 1203 and the corresponding words "hang up".
  • the control interface 1202 may also include a switch button 1204 for switching the call back to the mobile phone 1. It may also include a mute button (not shown in the figure) and the like.
  • the mobile phone 1 can send a corresponding transfer command to the cloud server to switch the video call back to the mobile phone. It is carried out in 1, that is, the mobile phone 1 realizes the collection and presentation of audio and video data, as shown in (d) in FIG. 12.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also send a transfer command to the TV, so that the TV stops the presentation and collection of audio and video data.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a confirmation pop-up window 1205. If the user wants to switch the video call back In the mobile phone 1, the confirmation button 1206 can be clicked.
  • the mobile phone 1 switches the video call back to the mobile phone 1. If the user does not want to switch the video call back to the mobile phone 1, he can click the cancel button 1207. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can hide the confirmation pop-up window 1205, and the video call continues on the TV.
  • the mobile phone 1 may not retain the control of the call, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can also hang up the call, mute the call, and switch back to the control of the mobile phone 1 in the transferred device.
  • the transferred device can provide a control interface for the control of hanging up, mute, and switching back to the mobile phone 1.
  • the user can trigger the physical buttons of the transferred device to realize the control of hanging up, mute, and switching back to the mobile phone 1.
  • the embodiments of the application do not make specific restrictions here.
  • the mobile phone 1 can also be used as the calling device, and the mobile phone 2 can be used as the called device.
  • mobile phone 1 When mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device, take the user of mobile phone 1 requesting a basic call with the user of mobile phone 2 as an example. After the user dials, the mobile phone 1 may display a waiting interface (the waiting interface may be the first interface described in the embodiment of this application), and the waiting interface may include buttons such as mute and hang up. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has dialed, it can also detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer. When it is detected that a device can be used for call transfer, the mobile phone 1 may display a button for transferring the call to the device in the waiting interface.
  • the mobile phone 1 can display a button 1301 in the waiting interface, and the button 1301 contains The words "answer with speakers".
  • the button 1301 can be used to transfer the basic call to the speaker.
  • the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and tablets, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button in the waiting interface 1302, the button 1302 contains the words "talk with other devices".
  • the user can click the button 1302. In response to the click operation, as shown in (d) in FIG.
  • the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1303 in the waiting interface.
  • the window 1303 includes a button 1304 for transferring the basic call to the speaker, and The basic call is transferred to the button 1305 of the tablet.
  • the mobile phone 1 after the mobile phone 1 detects that the user dials, it may not directly detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer. Instead, as shown in Figure 13 (a), the mobile phone 1 is waiting to answer the call.
  • the detection button 1306 is displayed on the interface. When the user wants to transfer the call to another device, he can click the detection button 1306. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 detects whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer.
  • the scenario where the mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device is also suitable for VoIP calls (such as voice calls or video calls).
  • the specific button display mode when a device is detected that can be used for call transfer please refer to Figure 4 or Figure 5.
  • the banner prompt method similar to that shown in Figure 6 to Figure 11 can also be applied to the scenario where the mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device.
  • the specific button display mode when a device is detected that can be used for call transfer please refer to Figure 6
  • the display mode of the corresponding button in 11 is not described in detail here in this embodiment of the application.
  • the mobile phone 1 can detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer after detecting the dialing, and can also detect whether there is a device that can be used after receiving the user's trigger on the detection button. Regarding the detection of basic call transfer, this embodiment does not restrict it here.
  • a device if a device is detected that can be used for call transfer, it can also be displayed on the call interface to transfer the call to other devices
  • For the specific display mode of the button please refer to the display mode of the corresponding button in FIG. 3 to FIG. 13, which is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 1 can detect whether there is a device available for basic call transfer when it detects that the call is connected, or it can detect whether there is a device available after receiving the user’s trigger for the detection button. It is used for the detection of basic call transfer, and this embodiment is not limited here.
  • a mobile phone when a mobile phone detects that a device can be used for call transfer, it can display a button for transferring the call to another device on the mobile phone.
  • the user When the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the user can trigger the corresponding button to make the call through other devices. In this way, users can conveniently and quickly transfer calls to other devices, which improves the call experience.
  • the electronic device may include: a display screen; one or more processors; a memory; and a mobile communication module.
  • the above devices can be connected through one or more communication buses.
  • One or more computer program codes are stored in the foregoing memory, and the one or more computer program codes include computer instructions, and one or more processors are used to execute the computer instructions, and may be used to implement the first electronic device in the foregoing embodiment, namely Behavior function of mobile phone 1.
  • the display screen can be used to receive user operations and display content according to instructions from one or more processors.
  • the electronic device can receive an incoming call request from a third electronic device, the incoming call request is used to request a VoIP call; whether there is a device within the detected distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is a device within the detected distance that can be used
  • the VoIP call is transferred, receiving a first input from the user, the first input is used to request to transfer the VoIP call to a second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance;
  • a request message is sent to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, so that the user can make a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include computer software instructions.
  • the computer software instructions run on an electronic device (ie, the aforementioned first electronic device, such as the mobile phone 1) At this time, the electronic device is made to execute the steps performed by the mobile phone 1 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • inventions of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute each of the electronic devices in the above embodiments (ie, the first electronic device, such as the mobile phone 1). step.
  • inventions of the present application also provide a device that has the function of realizing the behavior of the first electronic device such as the mobile phone 1 in the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the aforementioned functions, for example, a communication unit or module, a detection unit or module, an input unit or module, a display unit or module, and so on.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a calling method, device and system, wherein same relate to the field of mobile communications. When a user does not want to use a mobile phone to make a call, a mobile phone call can be quickly and conveniently transferred to be conducted on other devices (such as a home device). When a mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request, that is from a mobile phone 2 and is used for requesting a VoIP call, the mobile phone 1 can detect whether there is a device, that is used for VoIP call transfer, within a distance range; if it is detected that there is such a device within the distance range, for example, a certain home device can be used for VoIP call transfer, a user can execute an input for requesting the transfer of the VoIP call to the home device; and in response to the input, the mobile phone 1 can send a request message to a cloud server, and the cloud server can establish a VoIP call connection with the home device according to the request message, so that the user can carry out the VoIP call with the mobile phone 2 via the home device.

Description

一种通话方法、设备及系统Communication method, equipment and system
本申请要求在2019年5月7日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910377574.3的中国专利申请的优先权,发明名称为“一种通话方法、设备及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China with application number 201910377574.3, and the priority of the Chinese patent application with the title of “a method, equipment and system for communication” on May 7, 2019. The entire content is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信领域,尤其涉及一种通话方法、设备及系统。This application relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular to a call method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动互联网的发展以及人们生活水平的提升,手机已成为人们日常生活和工作中的必需品。人们利用手机可随时随地与他人沟通,保持通信。但在通话时用户往往无法解放双手。且由于手机的屏幕比较小,因此,在视频通话时用户看到的画面往往也比较有限。另外,随着家居设备的智能化,很多家居设备支持通话功能。如果能够将手机上的通话转移到家居设备,即利用家居设备的大屏、音箱来进行通话,便可很好的解决通话画面有限,无法解放双手的痛点问题,大大提升通话体验。但是,在用户不想利用手机通话时,目前并没有一个好的转接方式来实现手机通话到其他设备(如家居设备)的转移。With the development of the mobile Internet and the improvement of people's living standards, mobile phones have become a necessity in people's daily life and work. People use mobile phones to communicate with others anytime, anywhere, and maintain communication. However, users often cannot free their hands during a call. And because the screen of the mobile phone is relatively small, the picture that the user sees during a video call is often limited. In addition, with the intelligentization of home appliances, many home appliances support the call function. If you can transfer the call on the mobile phone to the home device, that is, use the large screen and speaker of the home device to make the call, it can solve the problem of limited call pictures and the inability to free your hands, greatly improving the call experience. However, when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, there is currently no good transfer method to realize the transfer of the mobile phone call to other devices (such as home appliances).
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通话方法、设备及系统,在用户不想利用手机通话时,可快速方便地将手机通话转移到其他设备(如家居设备)上进行。The embodiments of the present application provide a call method, device, and system, which can quickly and conveniently transfer the mobile phone call to other devices (such as household equipment) when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to call.
为了达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通话方法,该方法可以包括:第一电子设备接收来自第三电子设备用于请求进行VoIP通话的来电请求时,第一电子设备可以检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果检测到距离范围内有设备,如第二电子设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,第一电子设备接收用户的第一输入,该第一输入用于请求将VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行;响应于该第一输入,第一电子设备可向云服务器发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求云服务器与第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过第二电子设备与第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a call method. The method may include: when the first electronic device receives an incoming call request from a third electronic device to request a VoIP call, the first electronic device may detect whether it is within the distance range There is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if it is detected that there is a device within the distance, such as a second electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first electronic device receives the user’s first input, which is used to request the transfer The VoIP call is transferred to the second electronic device; in response to the first input, the first electronic device may send a request message to the cloud server. The request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device for the user A VoIP call is made with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
示例性的,上述第一电子设备和第三电子设备可以是手机,第二电子设备可以是家居设备,平板等设备。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned first electronic device and third electronic device may be a mobile phone, and the second electronic device may be a household device, a tablet or other devices.
本申请实施例提供的通话方法,第一电子设备,如手机在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于通话(如VoIP通话)转移时,在用户不想利用手机进行通话时,可通过执行请求将该通话转移到第二电子设备中进行的输入,以便通过第二电子设备来进行通话。这样,用户可方便快速地将通话转移到其他设备上进行,提升了通话体验。In the call method provided by the embodiments of this application, when the first electronic device, such as a mobile phone, detects that there is a device within the distance range that can be used for call transfer (such as a VoIP call), when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the user can execute the request The call is transferred to the input made in the second electronic device, so that the call can be made through the second electronic device. In this way, users can conveniently and quickly transfer calls to other devices, which improves the call experience.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:响应于上述来电请求,第一电子设备显示第一界面;其中,如果第一电子设备检测到第二电子设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则第一界面中可以包括与第二电子设备对应的按钮;如果第一电子设备检测到距离范围内存在至少两个设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则第一界面中可以包括与至少两个设备一一对应的按钮,该至少两个设备中包括上述第二电子设备;相应的,第一电子设备接收用户的第一输入,具体可以包括:第一电子设备接收用户对第二电子 设备对应的按钮的触发操作。手机在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于通话转移时,通过在该手机上显示用于将通话转移到该设备的按钮,用户不想利用手机进行通话时,可通过对该按钮进行触发操作,以通过该设备来进行通话。这样,提高了人机交互的效率,进一步提升了通话体验。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation, the method may further include: in response to the above-mentioned call request, the first electronic device displays a first interface; wherein, if the first electronic device detects that the second electronic device can be used For VoIP call transfer, the first interface may include buttons corresponding to the second electronic device; if the first electronic device detects that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface may include Buttons corresponding to at least two devices on a one-to-one basis, and the at least two devices include the above-mentioned second electronic device; correspondingly, the first electronic device receiving the user's first input may specifically include: the first electronic device receiving the user's first input 2. The trigger operation of the button corresponding to the electronic device. When the mobile phone detects that there is a device within the distance that can be used for call transfer, by displaying the button used to transfer the call to the device on the mobile phone, when the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the button can be used to trigger the operation. To make a call through the device. In this way, the efficiency of human-computer interaction is improved, and the call experience is further improved.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,可以包括:第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话;其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。通过判断距离范围内是否有设备支持VoIP通话,可确定是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, whether there is a device within the detection distance range of the first electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer may include: the detection distance range of the first electronic device Whether there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls; among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP calls Call transfer. By judging whether there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it can be determined whether there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,可以包括:第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话,并检测支持VoIP通话的设备与第一电子设备是否互为信任设备;其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,且支持VoIP通话的设备与第一电子设备互为信任设备,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,或距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,但支持VoIP通话的设备与第一电子设备不互为信任设备,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。通过判断距离范围内是否有设备支持VoIP通话,可确定是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。且,通过将支持VoIP通话的设备中与第一电子设备互为信任设备的设备最终确定为能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备,确保了通话转移后的通话安全性,提高了用户的使用体验。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, whether there is a device within the detection distance range of the first electronic device that can be used for VoIP call transfer may include: the detection distance range of the first electronic device Whether there is a device that supports VoIP calls, and detects whether the device that supports VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices; among them, if there is a device within the distance range that supports VoIP calls, and the device that supports VoIP calls interacts with the first electronic device To trust the device, it is determined that there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is no device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, or there is a device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, but the device that supports VoIP calls does not interact with the first electronic device If the device is trusted, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer. By judging whether there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it can be determined whether there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer. In addition, by finally determining the device that is mutually trusted with the first electronic device among the devices supporting VoIP calls as devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the security of the call after the call transfer is ensured, and the user experience is improved.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述支持VoIP通话的设备与第一电子设备互为信任设备,具体可以为:支持VoIP通话的设备与第一电子设备登录了同一个账号;或,支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是第一电子设备登录账号的授权账号;或,支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是第一电子设备的联系人。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the device supporting VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices, which may specifically be: the device supporting VoIP calls and the first electronic device The device is logged in to the same account; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account of the login account of the first electronic device; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is a contact of the first electronic device.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,可以包括:第一电子设备采用Wi-Fi广播或蓝牙广播的方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;或,第一电子设备采用定位方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。通过Wi-Fi广播、蓝牙广播或定位的方式可确定出哪些设备处于距离范围内。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the first electronic device detects whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, which may include: the first electronic device uses Wi-Fi The Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast method detects whether there are devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or, the first electronic device uses a positioning method to detect whether there are devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer. It can be determined which devices are within the distance range through Wi-Fi broadcasting, Bluetooth broadcasting or positioning.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,在上述响应于第一输入,第一电子设备向云服务器发送请求消息之后,该方法还可以包括:第一电子设备显示第二界面,该第二界面可以包括挂断按钮和切换按钮;第一电子设备接收用户对挂断按钮的触发操作,响应于对挂断按钮的触发操作,第一电子设备向云服务器发送挂断命令,挂断命令用于指示云服务器结束第二电子设备与第三电子设备的VoIP通话;或,第一电子设备接收用户对切换按钮的触发操作,响应于对切换按钮的触发操作,第一电子设备向云服务器发送转移命令,转移命令用于请求云服务器断开与第二电子设备的VoIP通话连接,与第一电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过第一电子设备与第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。在将通话转移到第二电子设备之后,可以在第一电子设备中保留对该VoIP通话的控制,以方便用户在第一电子设备实现对该VoIP通话的控制,提高了用户的使用体验。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, after the first electronic device sends a request message to the cloud server in response to the first input, the method may further include: The device displays a second interface, and the second interface may include a hang-up button and a switch button; the first electronic device receives a user's trigger operation on the hang-up button, and in response to the trigger operation on the hang-up button, the first electronic device sends a request to the cloud server Send a hang-up command, the hang-up command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the VoIP call between the second electronic device and the third electronic device; or, the first electronic device receives the user's trigger operation on the switch button, and responds to the trigger operation on the switch button , The first electronic device sends a transfer command to the cloud server. The transfer command is used to request the cloud server to disconnect the VoIP call connection with the second electronic device and establish a VoIP call connection with the first electronic device so that the user can communicate with the second electronic device through the first electronic device. Three electronic devices make VoIP calls. After the call is transferred to the second electronic device, the control of the VoIP call can be retained in the first electronic device, so as to facilitate the user to control the VoIP call on the first electronic device and improve the user experience.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,该电子设备可以包括:处理器、存储器,显示屏和移动通信模块;处理器、移动通信模块,显示屏和存储器耦合,存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当计算机指令被电子设备执行时,使得电子设备执行如下操作:接收来自第三电子设备的来电请求,该来电请求用于请求进行VoIP通话;检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,接收用户的第一输入,该第一输入用于请求将VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行,第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;响应于第一输入,向云服务器发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求云服务器与第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过第二电子设备与第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, which may include: a processor, a memory, a display screen, and a mobile communication module; the processor, a mobile communication module, the display screen and the memory are coupled, and the memory is used to store the computer Program code. The computer program code includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions are executed by the electronic device, the electronic device executes the following operations: receiving an incoming call request from a third electronic device, which is used to request a VoIP call; Whether there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; when it is detected that there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the user's first input is received, and the first input is used to request the transfer of the VoIP call to the second electronic device Proceed, the second electronic device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance; in response to the first input, a request message is sent to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, So that the user can make a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
其中,第二方面中所述的电子设备可以是上述第一方面中所述的第一电子设备。The electronic device described in the second aspect may be the first electronic device described in the first aspect.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,当计算机指令被电子设备执行时,还使得电子设备执行如下操作:响应于来电请求,显示第一界面;其中,如果检测到第二电子设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则第一界面中包括与第二电子设备对应的按钮;如果检测到距离范围内存在至少两个设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则第一界面中包括与至少两个设备一一对应的按钮,至少两个设备包括第二电子设备;接收用户的第一输入,具体为:接收用户对第二电子设备对应的按钮的触发操作。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following operations: in response to the incoming call request, display the first interface; wherein, if the second electronic device is detected If it can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface includes a button corresponding to the second electronic device; if it is detected that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, then the first interface includes at least two The buttons have a one-to-one correspondence between the devices, and at least two devices include the second electronic device; receiving the user's first input specifically includes: receiving the user's trigger operation on the button corresponding to the second electronic device.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体可以为:检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话;其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, specifically: whether there is a device within the detection distance range that supports VoIP calls ; Among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no devices can be used for VoIP call transfer.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体可以为:检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话,并检测支持VoIP通话的设备与电子设备是否互为信任设备;其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,且支持VoIP通话的设备与电子设备互为信任设备,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,或距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,但支持VoIP通话的设备与电子设备不互为信任设备,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, specifically: whether there is a device within the detection distance range that supports VoIP calls , And detect whether the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices; among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, and the devices that support VoIP calls and the electronic devices are mutually trusted devices, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, or there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, but the devices that support VoIP calls and the electronic devices are not mutually trusted devices, then it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer .
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述支持VoIP通话的设备与电子设备互为信任设备,具体可以为:支持VoIP通话的设备与电子设备登录了同一个账号;或,支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是电子设备登录账号的授权账号;或,支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是电子设备的联系人。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the device supporting VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices. Specifically, the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device log in to the same An account; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account for the login account of the electronic device; or, the account logged in by the device that supports VoIP calls is a contact of the electronic device.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体可以为:采用Wi-Fi广播或蓝牙广播的方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;或,采用定位方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, which can be specifically: Wi-Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast Detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or, use a positioning method to detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当计算机指令被电子设备执行时,还使得电子设备执行如下操作:显示第二界面,第二界面包括挂断按钮和切换按钮;接收用户对挂断按钮的触发操作,响应于对挂断按钮的触发操作,向云服务器发送挂断命令,挂断命令用于指示云服务器结束第二电子设备与第三电子设备 的VoIP通话;或,接收用户对切换按钮的触发操作,响应于对切换按钮的触发操作,向云服务器发送转移命令,转移命令用于请求云服务器断开与第二电子设备的VoIP通话连接,与电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过电子设备与第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is also caused to perform the following operations: display a second interface, and the second interface includes a hangup button And the switch button; receive the user's trigger operation on the hangup button, and send a hangup command to the cloud server in response to the trigger operation on the hangup button. The hangup command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the second electronic device and the third electronic device VoIP call; or, receiving the user's trigger operation on the switch button, and in response to the trigger operation on the switch button, send a transfer command to the cloud server, the transfer command is used to request the cloud server to disconnect the VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, Establish a VoIP call connection with the electronic device, so that the user can make a VoIP call with a third electronic device through the electronic device.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括:计算机软件指令;当计算机软件指令在电子设备(如上述第一电子设备)中运行时,使得电子设备执行如第一方面或第一方面的可能的实现方式中任一项所述的通话方法。In the third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including: computer software instructions; when the computer software instructions run in an electronic device (such as the above-mentioned first electronic device), the electronic device executes the same as in the first aspect Or the call method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或第一方面的可能的实现方式中任一项所述的通话方法。In a fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the call method as described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect .
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备(如上述第一电子设备),该电子设备可以包括:一个或多个处理器、存储器以及显示屏;存储器中存储一个或多个计算机程序,一个或多个处理器用于执行一个或多个计算机程序;一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,该指令可用于执行如第一方面或第一方面的可能的实现方式中任一项所述的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an electronic device (such as the above-mentioned first electronic device). The electronic device may include: one or more processors, a memory, and a display screen; one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, One or more processors are used to execute one or more computer programs; one or more computer programs include instructions that can be used to execute the communication described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect method.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,该装置具有实现上述第一方面的方法中第一电子设备行为的功能。功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块,例如,通信单元或模块,检测单元或模块,输入单元或模块,显示单元或模块等。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device that has a function of implementing the behavior of the first electronic device in the method of the first aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions, for example, a communication unit or module, a detection unit or module, an input unit or module, a display unit or module, etc.
第七方面,一种通话系统,该通话系统可以包括:第一电子设备,第二电子设备,第三电子设备以及云服务器;第一电子设备可以是上述第二方面或第二方面中任一项所述的电子设备。其中:第三电子设备,用于向第一电子设备发送来电请求,该来电请求可用于请求进行VoIP通话;第一电子设备,用于接收来电请求,检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,接收用户的第一输入,该第一输入用于请求将VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行,第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;响应于第一输入,向云服务器发送请求消息,请求消息用于请求云服务器与第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接;云服务器,用于接收请求消息,与第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接;第二电子设备,用于基于VoIP通话连接通过云服务器与第三电子设备传输VoIP通话的音视频数据。In a seventh aspect, a call system may include: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, a third electronic device, and a cloud server; the first electronic device may be any one of the second aspect or the second aspect described above The electronic equipment described in item. Among them: the third electronic device is used to send a call request to the first electronic device, and the call request can be used to request a VoIP call; the first electronic device is used to receive the call request and detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP Call transfer, when it is detected that there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the user's first input is received, and the first input is used to request the transfer of the VoIP call to the second electronic device. The second electronic device is Devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer; in response to the first input, send a request message to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device; the cloud server is used to receive the request message Establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device; the second electronic device is used to transmit audio and video data of the VoIP call with the third electronic device through the cloud server based on the VoIP call connection.
应当理解的是,本申请中对技术特征、技术方案、有益效果或类似语言的描述并不是暗示在任意的单个实施例中可以实现所有的特点和优点。相反,可以理解的是对于特征或有益效果的描述意味着在至少一个实施例中包括特定的技术特征、技术方案或有益效果。因此,本说明书中对于技术特征、技术方案或有益效果的描述并不一定是指相同的实施例。进而,还可以任何适当的方式组合本实施例中所描述的技术特征、技术方案和有益效果。本领域技术人员将会理解,无需特定实施例的一个或多个特定的技术特征、技术方案或有益效果即可实现实施例。在其他实施例中,还可在没有体现所有实施例的特定实施例中识别出额外的技术特征和有益效果。It should be understood that the description of technical features, technical solutions, beneficial effects or similar language in this application does not imply that all the features and advantages can be realized in any single embodiment. On the contrary, it can be understood that the description of the features or beneficial effects means that a specific technical feature, technical solution or beneficial effect is included in at least one embodiment. Therefore, the descriptions of technical features, technical solutions, or beneficial effects in this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the technical features, technical solutions, and beneficial effects described in this embodiment can also be combined in any appropriate manner. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments can be implemented without one or more specific technical features, technical solutions, or beneficial effects of the specific embodiments. In other embodiments, additional technical features and beneficial effects may also be identified in specific embodiments that do not reflect all the embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备上显示的一些界面的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of some interfaces displayed on another electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
应当理解,尽管在以下实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述电子设备,但电子设备不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将电子设备彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离这些实施例范围的情况下,第一电子设备也可以被称为第二电子设备,类似地,第二电子设备也可以被称为第一电子设备。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used to describe the electronic device in the following embodiments, the electronic device should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish electronic devices from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of these embodiments, the first electronic device may also be referred to as the second electronic device, and similarly, the second electronic device may also be referred to as the first electronic device.
本申请实施例提供一种通话方法,在用户不想利用手机进行通话时,可通过在手机上选择可用于通话转移的设备,以方便快速地将通话转移到其他设备上进行,提升了通话体验。The embodiment of the present application provides a call method. When a user does not want to use a mobile phone to make a call, he can select a device that can be used for call transfer on the mobile phone to conveniently and quickly transfer the call to other devices, thereby improving the call experience.
其中,需要说明的是,本申请实施例中所述的通话,可以是指通过电信运营商的传统电话网络进行传输的通话(如本申请实施例中称为基础通话),也可以是经由互联网进行传输的基于IP(互联网协议)的语音传输(Voice over Internet Protocol,VoIP)通话。Among them, it should be noted that the call described in the embodiment of this application can refer to a call transmitted through the traditional telephone network of a telecommunication operator (for example, a basic call in the embodiment of this application), or it can be via the Internet. Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) calls based on IP (Internet Protocol) for transmission.
示例性的,VoIP通话可以是利用网络聊天工具的语音通话或视频通话等。该网络聊天工具可以是安装在电子设备,如手机中的应用。例如,可以是嵌入式应用(即手机的系统应用),也可以是可下载应用。嵌入式应用是作为手机实现的一部分提供的应用程序。如,华为的HiCall等。可下载应用是一个可以提供自己的因特网协议多媒体子系统(internet protocol multimedia subsystem,IMS)连接的应用程序。该可下载应用可以是预先安装在手机中的应用或可以是由用户下载并安装在手机中的第三方应用。如微信等。用户利用HiCall或微信可与其他用户进行语音通话或视频通话。Exemplarily, the VoIP call may be a voice call or a video call using a network chat tool. The network chat tool may be an application installed in an electronic device, such as a mobile phone. For example, it can be an embedded application (ie, a mobile phone system application) or a downloadable application. Embedded applications are applications provided as part of the mobile phone implementation. For example, Huawei's HiCall, etc. A downloadable application is an application that can provide its own Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) connection. The downloadable application may be an application pre-installed in the mobile phone or may be a third-party application downloaded and installed in the mobile phone by the user. Such as WeChat, etc. Users can use HiCall or WeChat to make voice calls or video calls with other users.
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种可以应用上述通话方法的系统架构示意图。该系统架构可以包括至少两个电子设备:例如,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102。另外,参见图1所示,上述系统架构还可以包括第三电子设备103。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture that can apply the aforementioned call method according to an embodiment of the application. The system architecture may include at least two electronic devices: for example, a first electronic device 101 and a second electronic device 102. In addition, referring to FIG. 1, the foregoing system architecture may further include a third electronic device 103.
第一电子设备101可以作为通话的一端,与第三电子设备103进行通话。第二电子设备102可以是能够用于通话转移的设备。当用户不想或不方便使用第一电子设备101与第三电子设备103的用户进行通话时,可选择使用第二电子设备102进行通话,也就是说,可将通话转移到第二电子设备102中进行。The first electronic device 101 can be used as one end of the call to communicate with the third electronic device 103. The second electronic device 102 may be a device that can be used for call transfer. When the user does not want or is inconvenient to use the first electronic device 101 to make a call with the user of the third electronic device 103, he can choose to use the second electronic device 102 for the call, that is, the call can be transferred to the second electronic device 102 get on.
例如,在一些实施例中,将通话转移到第二电子设备102中进行的具体实现可以是:由第一电子设备101转发通话过程中的音视频数据。具体的:第一电子设备101接收第三电子设备103传输的下行音视频数据。第一电子设备101将接收到的下行音视频号传输至第二电子设备102。第二电子设备102可以将接收到的下行音视频数据转换后使用 第二电子设备102的听筒(或喇叭)和/或显示屏进行播放。同时,在用户讲话过程中,第二电子设备102的话筒和/或摄像头可以采集对应信号,并转换为上行音视频数据后传输至第一电子设备101。第一电子设备101接收到来自第二电子设备102的上行音视频数据后,可以将上行音视频数据传输至第三电子设备103。或者,第一电子设备101接收第三电子设备103传输的下行音视频数据,并将下行音视频数据转换后传输至第二电子设备102,以由第二电子设备102使用第二电子设备102的听筒(或喇叭)和/或显示屏进行播放。同时,在用户讲话过程中,第二电子设备102的话筒和/或摄像头可以采集对应信号,并将该信号传输至第一电子设备101。第一电子设备101可将接收到的信号转换为上行音视频数据后传输至第三电子设备103。For example, in some embodiments, the specific implementation of transferring the call to the second electronic device 102 may be: the first electronic device 101 forwards the audio and video data during the call. Specifically: the first electronic device 101 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103. The first electronic device 101 transmits the received downlink audio and video signal to the second electronic device 102. The second electronic device 102 may convert the received downstream audio and video data and then use the earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen of the second electronic device 102 to play it. At the same time, during the user's speech, the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals, convert them into uplink audio and video data, and transmit them to the first electronic device 101. After the first electronic device 101 receives the uplink audio and video data from the second electronic device 102, it can transmit the uplink audio and video data to the third electronic device 103. Alternatively, the first electronic device 101 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103, converts the downlink audio and video data and transmits it to the second electronic device 102, so that the second electronic device 102 can use the second electronic device 102 Earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen for playback. At the same time, during the user's speech, the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals and transmit the signals to the first electronic device 101. The first electronic device 101 can convert the received signal into uplink audio and video data and then transmit it to the third electronic device 103.
在该实现方式下,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102之间可以通过无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)协议建立Wi-Fi链路,或采用蓝牙协议建立蓝牙链路。基于建立的链路,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102可以传输通话过程中的音视频数据(如上述上行音视频数据和/或上述下行音视频数据)。示例性的,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102之间通过Wi-Fi协议建立Wi-Fi链路的具体实现可以是,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102建立点对点(peer-to-peer,P2P)连接(或称为Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi Direct)),或者第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102接入同一个Wi-Fi接入点(或称为路由器),以实现第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102的连接。如果第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102建立的是P2P连接,则第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102传输通话过程中的音视频数据具体的是,第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102通过该P2P连接传输通话过程中的音视频数据。如果第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102是通过接入同一个Wi-Fi接入点实现连接的,则第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102可以通过该Wi-Fi接入点的转发实现通话过程中音视频数据的传输。In this implementation manner, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can establish a Wi-Fi link through a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) protocol, or use a Bluetooth protocol to establish a Bluetooth link. Based on the established link, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can transmit audio and video data (such as the aforementioned uplink audio and video data and/or the aforementioned downlink audio and video data) during the call. Exemplarily, the specific implementation of establishing a Wi-Fi link between the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 through the Wi-Fi protocol may be that the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 establish a peer-to-peer (peer-to-peer) to-peer, P2P) connection (or called Wi-Fi Direct), or the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 access the same Wi-Fi access point (or called Router) to realize the connection between the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102. If the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 establish a P2P connection, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 transmit audio and video data during the call. Specifically, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 The electronic device 102 transmits audio and video data during the call through the P2P connection. If the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 are connected by accessing the same Wi-Fi access point, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 can be connected through the Wi-Fi access point. Forwarding realizes the transmission of audio and video data during a call.
在其他一些实施例中,将通话转移到第二电子设备102中进行的具体实现可以是:由第二电子设备102直接与第三电子设备103进行通话。具体的:第二电子设备102接收第三电子设备103传输的下行音视频数据,并将接收到的下行音视频数据转换后使用第二电子设备102的听筒(或喇叭)和/或显示屏进行播放。同时,在用户讲话过程中,第二电子设备102的话筒和/或摄像头可以采集对应信号,并转换为上行音视频数据后传输至第三电子设备103。In some other embodiments, the specific implementation of transferring the call to the second electronic device 102 may be: the second electronic device 102 directly communicates with the third electronic device 103. Specifically: the second electronic device 102 receives the downlink audio and video data transmitted by the third electronic device 103, converts the received downlink audio and video data, and uses the earpiece (or speaker) and/or display screen of the second electronic device 102 to perform Play. At the same time, during the user's speech, the microphone and/or camera of the second electronic device 102 can collect corresponding signals, convert them into uplink audio and video data, and transmit them to the third electronic device 103.
另外,如果将通话转移到第二电子设备102中进行,第一电子设备101可以保留对当前通话的控制,如挂断电话,接听电话,切回手机通话,呼叫等待等。当然,第一电子设备101也可以不保留对当前通话的控制,本申请实施例并不做具体限制。In addition, if the call is transferred to the second electronic device 102, the first electronic device 101 can retain control of the current call, such as hanging up the call, answering the call, switching back to the mobile phone call, call waiting, etc. Of course, the first electronic device 101 may not retain control of the current call, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,第一电子设备101可以为手机等设备。第二电子设备102可以为手机、平板电脑、电视机、智能音箱、智能手表、笔记本电脑、台式电脑、智能耳机等设备。本申请实施例对第一电子设备101以及第二电子设备102的具体形态不作特殊限制。另外,在一些实施例中,上述第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102可以为相同类型的电子设备,如第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102均为手机。在其他一些实施例中,上述第一电子设备101和第二电子设备102可以为不同类型的电子设备,如第一电子设备101为手机,第二电子设备102为电视机(图1中以第二电子设备102为电视机为例示出)。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the first electronic device 101 may be a device such as a mobile phone. The second electronic device 102 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a television, a smart speaker, a smart watch, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart headset, and other devices. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific forms of the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102. In addition, in some embodiments, the above-mentioned first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 may be the same type of electronic device, for example, the first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 are both mobile phones. In some other embodiments, the above-mentioned first electronic device 101 and the second electronic device 102 may be different types of electronic devices, for example, the first electronic device 101 is a mobile phone, and the second electronic device 102 is a television (in FIG. The second electronic device 102 is a TV set as an example).
请参考图2,为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。上述第一电子设备101和/或第二电子设备102的结构可以如图2所示。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application. The structure of the first electronic device 101 and/or the second electronic device 102 may be as shown in FIG. 2.
如图2所示,电子设备可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中,传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。As shown in FIG. 2, the electronic device may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142, Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc. Among them, the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and the environment Light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device. In other embodiments, the electronic device may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以是电子设备的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on. GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备充电,也可以用于电子设备与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device and the peripheral device. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is only a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device. In other embodiments, the electronic device may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charge management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in an electronic device can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to electronic devices. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications in electronic devices including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,电子设备的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device realizes the display function through GPU, display screen 194, and application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix  organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。例如,在本申请实施例中,在用户利用电子设备拨打电话,或电子设备接收到来电,或通话过程中,显示屏194可以显示等待接听界面,或来电提醒界面,或通话界面。另外,如果检测到有电子设备可用于通话转移,显示屏194还可用于显示将通话转移到对应设备的按钮。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device may include 1 or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. For example, in this embodiment of the present application, when a user makes a call using an electronic device, or the electronic device receives an incoming call, or during a call, the display screen 194 may display a waiting interface, or an incoming call reminder interface, or a call interface. In addition, if it is detected that there is an electronic device available for call transfer, the display screen 194 can also be used to display a button for transferring the call to the corresponding device.
电子设备可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。Electronic equipment can realize shooting functions through ISP, camera 193, video codec, GPU, display 194, and application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the electronic device may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device can support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. NPU can realize the intelligent cognition of electronic devices and other applications, such as: image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, etc.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备的各种功能应用以及数据处理。例如,在本申请实施例中,处理器110可以通过执行存储在内部存储器121中的指令,在电子设备与其他电子设备通话时,如果接收到用户选择其他电子设备通话的操作时,将通话转移到用户选择的电子设备中进行。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括 高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121. For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 may execute the instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to transfer the call when the electronic device is talking with other electronic devices, if it receives the user's operation to select another electronic device to talk. To the electronic device selected by the user. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
电子设备可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 170A, also called a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息或需要通过语音助手触发电子设备执行某些功能时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending voice information or when the electronic device needs to be triggered by a voice assistant to perform certain functions, the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C. The electronic device may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can realize noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device determines the strength of the pressure based on the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyroscope sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyroscope sensor 180B detects the angle of the shake of the electronic device, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device through a reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备是翻盖机时,电子设备可以根据磁传感器180D检测 翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device is a flip machine, the electronic device can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device in various directions (generally three-axis). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. Electronic equipment can measure distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备可以确定电子设备附近没有物体。电子设备可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device emits infrared light through the light-emitting diode. Electronic devices use photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device can determine that there is no object near the electronic device. The electronic device can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. Electronic devices can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to unlock fingerprints, access application locks, take photos with fingerprints, and answer calls with fingerprints.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振 动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for vibrating notification of incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备的接触和分离。电子设备可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备中,不能和电子设备分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device. The electronic device can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device adopts eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device and cannot be separated from the electronic device.
以下实施例中的方法均可以在具有上述硬件结构的电子设备中实现。The methods in the following embodiments can all be implemented in an electronic device having the above hardware structure.
在本申请实施例中,当第一电子设备接收到第三电子设备的来电,或用户使用第一电子设备拨打电话给第三电子设备,或用户使用第一电子设备与第三电子设备的用户正在通话过程中时,如果用户不想或不方便继续使用第一电子设备通话,那么,在第一电子设备确定有第二电子设备能够用于通话转移时,用户可选择将通话转移到该第二电子设备中进行。In the embodiment of this application, when the first electronic device receives an incoming call from the third electronic device, or the user uses the first electronic device to make a call to the third electronic device, or the user uses the first electronic device and the user of the third electronic device During a call, if the user does not want or is inconvenient to continue using the first electronic device for the call, then when the first electronic device determines that a second electronic device can be used for call transfer, the user can choose to transfer the call to the second electronic device. Electronic equipment.
以下结合上述图1和图2,以第一电子设备和第三电子设备均为手机(如第一电子设备为手机1,第三电子设备为手机2),第二电子设备为家居设备(如,平板电脑,电视机,智能音箱等)为例,根据应用场景的不同对本申请实施例提供的通话方法进行详细介绍。In the following, with reference to Figures 1 and 2, the first electronic device and the third electronic device are both mobile phones (for example, the first electronic device is mobile phone 1, and the third electronic device is mobile phone 2), and the second electronic device is household equipment (such as , Tablet computers, televisions, smart speakers, etc.) as an example, according to different application scenarios, the call method provided in the embodiments of the present application will be introduced in detail.
以下以手机1作为被叫设备,手机2作为主叫设备为例介绍本申请实施例提供的通话方法。The following uses mobile phone 1 as the called device and mobile phone 2 as the calling device as an example to introduce the call method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
手机1接收来自手机2的来电请求。Mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from mobile phone 2.
示例性的,手机2的用户在想要与手机1的用户通话时,可以在手机2的电话应用中进行拨号,这样,手机1便可接收到来自手机2的来电请求,用于请求与手机1进行基础通话。或者,手机2的用户也可以利用网络聊天工具,如华为的HiCall,在HiCall中选择与该手机1的用户进行VoIP通话(如语音通话,或视频通话),这样,手机1也可接收到来自手机2的来电请求,用于请求与手机1进行VoIP通话。Exemplarily, when a user of mobile phone 2 wants to talk with a user of mobile phone 1, he can dial in the phone application of mobile phone 2, so that mobile phone 1 can receive a call request from mobile phone 2 for requesting to communicate with mobile phone 2. 1 Make a basic call. Alternatively, the user of mobile phone 2 can also use a network chat tool, such as Huawei’s HiCall, to choose to make VoIP calls (such as voice calls or video calls) with the user of mobile phone 1 in HiCall, so that mobile phone 1 can also receive The incoming call request from mobile phone 2 is used to request a VoIP call with mobile phone 1.
响应于上述来电请求,手机1可以进行来电提醒。In response to the aforementioned incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can perform an incoming call reminder.
示例性的,在接收到来电请求后,手机1可以通过手机1的显示屏,指示器,马达扬声器等中的一个或多个部件进行来电提醒。Exemplarily, after receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 may remind the incoming call through one or more of the display screen, indicator, motor speaker, etc. of the mobile phone 1.
例如,手机1可以控制显示屏显示对应界面来进行来电提醒。另外,在本申请实施例中,响应于该来电请求,手机1还可检测是否有设备能够用于通话转移。当检测到有设备能够用于通话转移时,手机1可在显示的对应界面中显示用于将通话转移到该设备的按钮。其中,该对应的界面中显示的按钮与检测到的能够用于通话转移的设备一一对应。该对应的界面可以是本申请实施例中所述的第一界面,如下述实施例中的来电提醒界面,第一横幅,第二横幅等。For example, the mobile phone 1 can control the display screen to display a corresponding interface to remind of incoming calls. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, in response to the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can also detect whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer. When it is detected that a device can be used for call transfer, the mobile phone 1 may display a button for transferring the call to the device in the corresponding interface displayed. Wherein, the buttons displayed on the corresponding interface correspond one-to-one with the detected devices that can be used for call transfer. The corresponding interface may be the first interface described in the embodiment of this application, such as the incoming call reminder interface, the first banner, the second banner, etc. in the following embodiments.
在一些实施例中,手机1可以进行全屏来电提醒。In some embodiments, the mobile phone 1 may perform a full-screen call reminder.
结合图3,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行基础通话为例。如图3中的(a)和(b)所示,手机1可以在显示屏上显示来电提醒界面301。该来电提醒界面301中可以包括接听按钮302以及挂断按钮303。With reference to Figure 3, take the above-mentioned call request for requesting a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 3, the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 301 on the display screen. The call reminder interface 301 may include an answer button 302 and a hang up button 303.
另外,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述基础通话转移时,还可在该来电提醒界面301中显示用于将上述基础通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图3中的(a)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该来电提醒界面301中显示按钮304,该按钮304中包含“用音箱接听”字样。该按钮304可用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱中进行。In addition, when the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device that can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, a button for transferring the aforementioned basic call to the device may also be displayed in the incoming call reminder interface 301. As shown in Figure 3(a), if the mobile phone 1 detects a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 304 in the incoming call reminder interface 301. Contains the words "answer with speakers". The button 304 can be used to transfer the aforementioned basic call to the speaker.
如图3中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和平板能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么手机1可以在该来电提醒界面301中显示按钮305,该按钮305中包含“用其他设备接听”字样。用户可对该按钮305进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图3中的(c)所示,手机1可在来电提醒界面301中显示窗口306,该窗口306中包括用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱的按钮307,如按钮307可以包括音箱的标识和音箱的名称(按钮307也可以仅包括音箱的标识或音箱的名称),以及将上述基础通话转移到平板的按钮308,如按钮308可以包括平板的标识和平板的名称(按钮308也可以仅包括平板的标识或平板的名称)。As shown in Figure 3(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and tablets, which can be used for the above-mentioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 301 Button 305, the button 305 contains the words "Answer with another device". The user can click the button 305. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG. 3, the mobile phone 1 can display a window 306 in the incoming call reminder interface 301. The window 306 includes a button 307 for transferring the basic call to the speaker, such as a button 307 may include the identification of the speaker and the name of the speaker (the button 307 may also only include the identification of the speaker or the name of the speaker), and the button 308 to transfer the above basic call to the tablet. For example, the button 308 may include the identification of the tablet and the name of the tablet (The button 308 may only include the identification of the tablet or the name of the tablet).
当然,当手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备能够用于上述基础通话转移时,也可以直接在来电提醒界面301中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将该基础通话转移到对应设备。如,手机1检测到音箱和平板能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么可以直接在来电提醒界面301中显示一按钮(如包含“用音箱接听”字样的按钮),用于将该基础通话转移到音箱中进行。还可在来电提醒界面301中显示另一按钮(如包含“用平板接听”字样的按钮),用于将该基础通话转移到平板中进行。Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 301 to transfer the basic call to the corresponding equipment. For example, if the mobile phone 1 detects that the speaker and the tablet can be used for the above basic call transfer, it can directly display a button (such as a button containing the words "answer with the speaker") in the incoming call reminder interface 301 to transfer the basic call In the speaker. Another button (such as a button containing the words "answer with tablet") can also be displayed in the incoming call reminder interface 301, which is used to transfer the basic call to the tablet.
结合图4,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行语音通话,手机2的用户利用HiCall请求与手机1的用户进行语音通话为例。如图4中的(a)和(b)所示,手机1可以在显示屏上显示来电提醒界面401。该来电提醒界面401中可以包括接听按钮402以及挂断按钮403。该来电提醒界面中还可以包括提示信息,如“HiCall语音”字样404,该提示信息用于提示用户请求进行语音通话。With reference to Fig. 4, take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a voice call with the mobile phone 1, and the user of the mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 4, the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 401 on the display screen. The incoming call reminder interface 401 may include an answer button 402 and a hang-up button 403. The call reminder interface may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Voice" 404, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a voice call.
与图3所示的示例类似,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述语音通话转移时,还可在该来电提醒界面401中显示用于将上述语音通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图4中的(a)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该来电提醒界面401中显示按钮404,该按钮404中包含“用音箱接听”字样。该按钮404可用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱中进行。Similar to the example shown in FIG. 3, when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the voice call transfer, it may also display a button for transferring the voice call to the device in the incoming call reminder interface 401. As shown in Figure 4(a), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the above voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 404 in the incoming call reminder interface 401, and the button 404 Contains the words "answer with speakers". The button 404 can be used to transfer the aforementioned voice call to the speaker.
如图4中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和平板能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么手机1可以在该来电提醒界面401中显示按钮405,该按钮405中包含“用其他设备接听”字样。用户可对该按钮405进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图4中的(c)所示,手机1可在来电提醒界面401中显示窗口406,该窗口406中包括用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱的按钮407,如按钮407可以包括音箱的标识和音箱的名称(按钮407也可以仅包括音箱的标识或音箱的名称),以及将上述语音通话转移到平板的按钮408,如按钮408可以包括平板的标识和平板的名称(按钮408也可以仅包括平板的标识或平板的名称)。当然,当手机1检测到有两个或两个 以上的设备能够用于上述语音通话转移时,也可以直接在来电提醒界面401中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将该语音通话转移到对应设备。As shown in Figure 4(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and tablets, which can be used for the above voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 401 Button 405, the button 405 contains the words "answer with other equipment". The user can click the button 405. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG. 4, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 406 in the incoming call reminder interface 401, and the window 406 includes a button 407 for transferring the voice call to the speaker, such as a button 407 may include the identification of the speaker and the name of the speaker (the button 407 may also only include the identification of the speaker or the name of the speaker), and the button 408 for transferring the voice call to the tablet. For example, the button 408 may include the identification of the tablet and the name of the tablet. (The button 408 may also only include the identification of the tablet or the name of the tablet). Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned voice call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 401 for transferring the voice call to the corresponding equipment.
结合图5,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行视频通话,手机2的用户利用HiCall请求与手机1的用户进行视频通话为例。如图5中的(a)和(b)所示,手机1可以在显示屏上显示来电提醒界面501。该来电提醒界面501中可以包括静音按钮502,挂断按钮503,视频接听按钮504,语音接听按钮505以及对应的字样(如,“静音”,“挂断”,“视频接听”以及“语音接听”)。该来电提醒界面501中还可以包括提示信息,如“HiCall视频…”字样506,该提示信息用于提示用户请求进行视频通话。With reference to FIG. 5, take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a video call with the mobile phone 1, and the user of the mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a video call with the user of the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 5, the mobile phone 1 can display an incoming call reminder interface 501 on the display screen. The call reminder interface 501 may include a mute button 502, a hang up button 503, a video answer button 504, a voice answer button 505 and corresponding words (eg, "mute", "hang up", "video answer" and "voice answer "). The incoming call reminder interface 501 may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Video..." 506, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a video call.
与图3所示的示例类似,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述视频通话转移时,还可在该来电提醒界面501中显示用于将上述视频通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图5中的(a)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如电视机能够用于上述视频通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该来电提醒界面501中显示按钮507,该按钮507中包含“用电视接听”字样。该按钮507可用于将上述视频通话转移到电视机中进行。Similar to the example shown in FIG. 3, when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned video call to the device in the incoming call reminder interface 501. As shown in Figure 5(a), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a TV, which can be used for the above-mentioned video call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 507 in the incoming call reminder interface 501, and the button 507 It contains the words "answer on TV". The button 507 can be used to transfer the aforementioned video call to the TV.
如图5中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如电视机和平板能够用于上述视频通话转移,那么手机1可以在该来电提醒界面501中显示按钮508,该按钮508中包含“用其他设备接听”字样。用户可对该按钮508进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图5中的(c)所示,手机1可在来电提醒界面501中显示窗口509,该窗口509中包括用于将上述视频通话转移到电视机的按钮510,如按钮510可以包括电视机的标识和电视机的名称(按钮510也可以仅包括电视机的标识或电视机的名称),以及将上述视频通话转移到平板的按钮511,如按钮511可以包括平板的标识和平板的名称(按钮511也可以仅包括平板的标识或平板的名称)。当然,当手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备能够用于上述视频通话转移时,也可以直接在来电提醒界面501中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将上述视频通话转移到对应设备。As shown in Figure 5(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as TVs and tablets, which can be used for the above-mentioned video call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display the call notification interface 501 A button 508 is displayed, and the button 508 contains the words "answer with another device". The user can click the button 508. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG. 5, the mobile phone 1 can display a window 509 in the incoming call reminder interface 501. The window 509 includes a button 510 for transferring the above-mentioned video call to the TV, such as The button 510 can include the logo of the TV and the name of the TV (the button 510 can also only include the logo of the TV or the name of the TV), and the button 511 for transferring the above video call to the tablet. For example, the button 511 can include the name of the tablet. The logo and the name of the tablet (the button 511 may also only include the logo of the tablet or the name of the tablet). Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the incoming call reminder interface 501 to transfer the aforementioned video call to the corresponding equipment.
在其他一些实施例中,手机1也可以进行横幅来电提醒。其中,横幅来电提醒可以包括以下两种方式。In some other embodiments, the mobile phone 1 may also perform banner incoming call reminders. Among them, the banner call reminder can include the following two methods.
方式一:手机1可以在显示屏当前显示的界面上显示第一横幅。Method 1: Mobile phone 1 can display the first banner on the interface currently displayed on the display screen.
结合图6,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行基础通话,手机1当前在显示屏上显示的界面为手机1的桌面(或称为主屏幕(home screen))为例。如图6中的(a)-(c)所示,手机1可以在桌面上显示第一横幅601。该第一横幅601中可以包括接听按钮602以及挂断按钮603。该第一横幅601中还可包括与接听按钮602对应的字样“接听”,以及与挂断按钮603对应的字样“拒绝”。With reference to Fig. 6, taking the above-mentioned call request for requesting a basic call with the mobile phone 1, the interface currently displayed on the display screen of the mobile phone 1 is the desktop of the mobile phone 1 (or called the home screen) as an example. As shown in (a)-(c) in FIG. 6, the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 601 on the desktop. The first banner 601 may include an answer button 602 and a hang up button 603. The first banner 601 may also include the words "answer" corresponding to the answer button 602, and the words "reject" corresponding to the hang-up button 603.
与图3所示的示例类似,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述基础通话转移时,还可在该第一横幅601中显示用于将上述基础通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图6中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该第一横幅601中显示用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱的按钮604,该按钮604可以包含音箱的标识和“用音箱接听”字样。当然,按钮604也可以仅包含音箱的标识或“用音箱接听”字样。Similar to the example shown in FIG. 3, when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, the first banner 601 may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned basic call to the device. As shown in Figure 6(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the first banner 601 for transferring the aforementioned basic call To the button 604 of the speaker, the button 604 may contain the identification of the speaker and the words "answer with the speaker". Of course, the button 604 may also only contain the identification of the speaker or the words "answer with the speaker".
如图6中的(c)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和电视机能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么手机1可以在该第一横幅601中显示按钮605,该按钮605可以包含“其他”标识和“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮605进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图6中的(c)所示,手机1可显示窗口606,该窗口606 中包括用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱的按钮607,如按钮607包含“用音箱接听”字样,以及将上述基础通话转移到电视机的按钮608,如按钮608包含“用电视接听”字样。当然,当手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备能够用于上述基础通话转移时,也可以直接在第一横幅601中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将该基础通话转移到对应设备。As shown in Figure 6(c), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can be in the first banner 601 A button 605 is displayed, and the button 605 may include the "other" mark and the words "answer by other means". The user can click the button 605. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in Figure 6, the mobile phone 1 can display a window 606, which includes a button 607 for transferring the basic call to the speaker. For example, the button 607 contains "answer with speaker "" and the button 608 for transferring the above basic call to the TV. For example, the button 608 contains the words "Answer on TV". Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices that can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 601 to transfer the basic call to the corresponding equipment.
结合图7,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行语音通话,手机2的用户利用HiCall请求与手机1的用户进行语音通话,手机1当前在显示屏上显示的界面为手机1的桌面为例。如图7中的(a)-(c)所示,手机1可以在桌面上显示第一横幅701。该第一横幅701中可以包括接听按钮702以及挂断按钮703。该第一横幅701中还可包括与接听按钮702对应的字样“接听”,以及与挂断按钮703对应的字样“拒绝”。该第一横幅701中还可以包括提示信息,如“HiCall语音”字样704,该提示信息用于提示用户请求进行语音通话。With reference to Figure 7, the above incoming call request is used to request a voice call with mobile phone 1, the user of mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a voice call with the user of mobile phone 1, and the interface currently displayed on the display screen of mobile phone 1 is the desktop of mobile phone 1. example. As shown in (a)-(c) in FIG. 7, the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 701 on the desktop. The first banner 701 may include an answer button 702 and a hang up button 703. The first banner 701 may also include the words "answer" corresponding to the answer button 702, and the words "reject" corresponding to the hang-up button 703. The first banner 701 may also include prompt information, such as "HiCall voice" 704, which is used to prompt the user to request a voice call.
与图3所示的示例类似,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述语音通话转移时,还可在该第一横幅701中显示用于将上述语音通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图7中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该第一横幅701中显示按钮704,该按钮704可以包含音箱的标识和“用音箱接听”字样。该按钮704可用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱中进行。当然,按钮704也可以仅包含音箱的标识或“用音箱接听”字样。Similar to the example shown in FIG. 3, when the mobile phone 1 detects that a device can be used for the voice call transfer, the first banner 701 may also display a button for transferring the voice call to the device. As shown in Figure 7(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 704 in the first banner 701, and the button 704 can Contains the speaker's logo and the words "answer with the speaker". The button 704 can be used to transfer the aforementioned voice call to the speaker. Of course, the button 704 may also only contain the identification of the speaker or the words "answer with the speaker".
如图7中的(c)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和电视机能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么手机1可以在该第一横幅701中显示按钮705,该按钮705中包含“其他”标识和“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮705进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图7中的(c)所示,手机1可显示窗口706,该窗口706中包括用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱的按钮707,如按钮707可以包含“用音箱接听”字样,以及将上述语音通话转移到电视机的按钮708,如按钮708包含“用电视接听”字样。当然,当手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备能够用于上述语音通话转移时,也可以直接在第一横幅701中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将该语音通话转移到对应设备。As shown in Figure 7(c), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can be in the first banner 701 A button 705 is displayed, and the button 705 contains the "other" logo and the words "answer by other means". The user can click the button 705. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG. 7, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 706 that includes a button 707 for transferring the voice call to the speaker. For example, the button 707 may include "Use speaker The word "answer" and the button 708 for transferring the above-mentioned voice call to the TV. For example, the button 708 contains the word "answer on the TV". Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for the voice call transfer, it can also directly display a corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 701 for transferring the voice call to the corresponding voice call. equipment.
结合图8,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行视频通话,手机2的用户利用HiCall请求与手机1的用户进行视频通话,手机1当前在显示屏上显示的界面为手机1的桌面为例。如图8中的(a)所示,手机1可以在桌面上显示第一横幅801。该第一横幅801中可以包括挂断按钮802,视频接听按钮803,语音接听按钮804以及对应的字样(如,“拒绝”,“视频接听”以及“语音接听”)。该第一横幅801中还可以包括提示信息,如“HiCall视频”字样805,该提示信息用于提示用户请求进行视频通话。With reference to Figure 8, the above call request is used to request a video call with mobile phone 1. The user of mobile phone 2 uses HiCall to request a video call with the user of mobile phone 1. The interface currently displayed on the screen of mobile phone 1 is the desktop of mobile phone 1. example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 8, the mobile phone 1 can display the first banner 801 on the desktop. The first banner 801 may include a hang-up button 802, a video answer button 803, a voice answer button 804 and corresponding words (for example, "reject", "video answer" and "voice answer"). The first banner 801 may also include prompt information, such as the words "HiCall Video" 805, and the prompt information is used to prompt the user to request a video call.
与图3所示的示例类似,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述视频通话转移时,还可在该第一横幅801中显示用于将上述视频通话转移到该设备的按钮。考虑到目前横幅通知时,规定横幅上仅允许显示3个按钮,例如,如图8中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个或多个设备,如检测到有音箱和电视机能够用于上述视频通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该第一横幅801中显示按钮806,该按钮806中包含“其他”标识和“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮806进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图8中的(b)所示,手机1可在显示窗口807,该窗口807中包括:包含“语音接听”字样的按钮808,用于将上述视频通话转移到电视机的按钮809,如按钮809包括“用电视接听”字样,以及用于将上述视频通话转移到音箱的按钮810,如按钮810包括“用音箱接听”字样。其中,上述按钮808与图8中的(a)所示的按钮804均用于触发手机1采用语音 接听的方式接听视频来电,在其他一些实施例中,该窗口807中也可以用语音接听按钮804来替代按钮808,本实施例在此不做限制。Similar to the example shown in FIG. 3, when the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device that can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, the first banner 801 may also display a button for transferring the aforementioned video call to the device. Considering the current banner notification, it is stipulated that only 3 buttons are allowed to be displayed on the banner. For example, as shown in (b) in Figure 8, if mobile phone 1 detects one or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets It can be used for the above-mentioned video call transfer. Then, the mobile phone 1 can display a button 806 in the first banner 801, and the button 806 contains the "other" logo and the words "other way to answer". The user can click the button 806. In response to the click operation, as shown in FIG. 8(b), the mobile phone 1 may display a window 807 in the window 807 including: a button 808 containing the words "Voice Answer" for transferring the above-mentioned video call to the TV The button 809 of the phone, such as the button 809 includes the words "answer with TV", and the button 810 for transferring the video call to the speaker, for example, the button 810 includes the words "answer with the speaker". Wherein, the above button 808 and the button 804 shown in (a) in FIG. 8 are both used to trigger the mobile phone 1 to answer the video call by voice answering. In some other embodiments, the voice answer button can also be used in the window 807. 804 replaces the button 808, which is not limited in this embodiment.
当然,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于上述视频通话转移时,也可以直接在第一横幅801中显示对应个数的按钮,用于将上述视频通话转移到对应设备,如,将第一横幅801的宽度调大,以显示对应按钮。Of course, when the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device that can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, it can also directly display the corresponding number of buttons in the first banner 801 to transfer the aforementioned video call to the corresponding device, for example, The width of the banner 801 is increased to display the corresponding button.
需要说明的是,当需要在第一横幅801上显示的按钮数量多于3个时,上述图8中的(b)的示例是将用于触发手机1以语音接听的方式接听视频来电的按钮,与用于将视频通话转移到其他设备的按钮放置于一个菜单(如上述窗口807)中隐藏显示为例示出的,在其他一些实施例中,也可以将将语音接听按钮804显示在第一横幅801上,而是将上述挂断按钮802或视频接听按钮803,同用于将视频通话转移到其他设备的按钮放置于该窗口807中隐藏显示。当需要在第一横幅801上显示的按钮数量多于3个时,本申请实施例在此对在第一横幅801上直接显示的按钮,以及隐藏显示在窗口807中的按钮并不做限制。It should be noted that when the number of buttons that need to be displayed on the first banner 801 is more than 3, the example of (b) in Figure 8 above is the button that will be used to trigger the mobile phone 1 to answer the video call by voice answering. , And the button used to transfer the video call to other devices is placed in a menu (such as the above window 807) to hide and display as an example. In some other embodiments, the voice answer button 804 can also be displayed in the first On the banner 801, the above-mentioned hang-up button 802 or the video answer button 803, which is also used to transfer the video call to other devices, are placed in the window 807 to hide and display. When the number of buttons that need to be displayed on the first banner 801 is more than three, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the buttons directly displayed on the first banner 801 and the buttons that are hidden and displayed in the window 807.
方式二:手机1可以在显示屏当前显示的界面上显示第二横幅。该第二横幅的尺寸小于上述第一横幅的尺寸。Method 2: Mobile phone 1 can display the second banner on the interface currently displayed on the display screen. The size of the second banner is smaller than the size of the aforementioned first banner.
当用户正在使用手机1打游戏,看视频或导航,即手机1当前全屏显示某应用的界面时,如果手机1接收到来电请求,则手机1可在显示屏当前显示的界面上显示第二横幅,进行来电提醒。When the user is using mobile phone 1 to play games, watch videos or navigate, that is, when mobile phone 1 is currently displaying the interface of an application in full screen, if mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request, mobile phone 1 can display a second banner on the interface currently displayed on the display To remind you of incoming calls.
结合图9-图11所示,以手机1当前在显示屏上全屏显示游戏界面为例。在该场景下,手机1显示第二横幅的方式分别与图6-图8中显示第一横幅的方式类似,区别在于:With reference to Figures 9-11, take the mobile phone 1 currently displaying the game interface in full screen on the display as an example. In this scenario, the way that mobile phone 1 displays the second banner is similar to the way that the first banner is displayed in Figure 6-8, with the difference:
区别点(1)、如图9-图11所示,第二横幅的尺寸小于第一横幅的尺寸。The difference (1), as shown in Figure 9-11, the size of the second banner is smaller than the size of the first banner.
例如,结合图9,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行基础通话为例。如图9中的(a)-(c)所示,当手机1接收到手机2的来电请求时,响应于该来电请求,手机1可以在当前显示的游戏界面上显示第二横幅901,该第二横幅901的尺寸小于图6所示的第一横幅601的尺寸。For example, in conjunction with FIG. 9, take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in Figure 9 (a)-(c), when the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 901 on the currently displayed game interface. The size of the second banner 901 is smaller than the size of the first banner 601 shown in FIG. 6.
又例如,结合图10,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行语音通话为例。如图10中的(a)-(c)所示,当手机1接收到手机2的来电请求时,响应于该来电请求,手机1可以在当前显示的游戏界面上显示第二横幅1001,该第二横幅1001的尺寸小于图7所示的第一横幅701的尺寸。For another example, in conjunction with FIG. 10, take the above-mentioned incoming call request for requesting a voice call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a)-(c) in Figure 10, when the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 1001 on the currently displayed game interface. The size of the second banner 1001 is smaller than the size of the first banner 701 shown in FIG. 7.
再例如,结合图11,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行视频通话为例。如图11中的(a)和(b)所示,当手机1接收到手机2的来电请求时,响应于该来电请求,手机1可以在当前显示的游戏界面上显示第二横幅1101,该第二横幅1101的尺寸小于图8所示的第一横幅801的尺寸。For another example, in conjunction with FIG. 11, take the above-mentioned call request for requesting a video call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in Figure 11 (a) and (b), when the mobile phone 1 receives the call request from the mobile phone 2, in response to the call request, the mobile phone 1 can display the second banner 1101 on the currently displayed game interface. The size of the second banner 1101 is smaller than the size of the first banner 801 shown in FIG. 8.
区别点(2)、如图9-图11所示,第二横幅中仅包括按钮,不包括按钮对应的字样。The difference (2), as shown in Figures 9-11, the second banner only includes buttons, not the words corresponding to the buttons.
例如,相较于图6,结合图9,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行基础通话为例。如图9中的(a)所示,第二横幅901中包括接听按钮902以及挂断按钮903,不包括与接听按钮902对应的字样,以及与挂断按钮903对应的字样。如图9中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么,手机1可在该第二横幅901中显示用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱的按钮904,该按钮604只包含音箱的标识,不包含“用音箱接听”字样。如图9中的(c)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和电视机能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么手机1可在该 第二横幅901中显示按钮905,该按钮905仅包含“其他”标识,不包含“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮905进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图9中的(c)所示,手机1可显示窗口906,该窗口906中可以包括用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱的按钮907,如按钮907包含“用音箱接听”字样,以及将上述基础通话转移到电视机的按钮908,如按钮908包含“用电视接听”字样。For example, compared with FIG. 6 and in conjunction with FIG. 9, the above-mentioned call request is used to request a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 9, the second banner 901 includes an answer button 902 and a hang up button 903, but does not include the words corresponding to the answer button 902 and the words corresponding to the hang up button 903. As shown in Figure 9(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the second banner 901 for transferring the aforementioned basic call To the button 904 of the speaker, the button 604 only contains the identification of the speaker, and does not contain the words "answer with the speaker". As shown in Figure 9(c), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can be displayed in the second banner 901 A button 905 is displayed, and the button 905 only contains the "other" logo and does not contain the word "answer by other means". The user can click the button 905. In response to the click operation, as shown in FIG. 9(c), the mobile phone 1 may display a window 906, which may include a button 907 for transferring the above-mentioned basic call to the speaker. For example, the button 907 contains "Use speaker The word "answer" and the button 908 that transfers the basic call to the TV. For example, the button 908 contains the word "answer on the TV".
又例如,相较于图7,结合图10,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行语音通话为例。如图10中的(a)所示,第二横幅1001中包括接听按钮1002以及挂断按钮1003,不包括与接听按钮1002对应的字样,以及与挂断按钮1003对应的字样。如图10中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么,手机1可在该第二横幅1001中显示用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱的按钮1004,该按钮1004只包含音箱的标识,不包含“用音箱接听”字样。如图10中的(c)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和电视机能够用于上述语音通话转移,那么手机1可在该第二横幅1001中显示按钮1005,该按钮1005仅包含“其他”标识,不包含“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮1005进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图10中的(c)所示,手机1可显示窗口1006,该窗口1006中可以包括用于将上述语音通话转移到音箱的按钮1007,如按钮1007包含“用音箱接听”字样,以及将上述语音通话转移到电视机的按钮1008,如按钮1008包含“用电视接听”字样。For another example, compared with FIG. 7 and in conjunction with FIG. 10, the above-mentioned call request is used to request a voice call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in (a) of FIG. 10, the second banner 1001 includes an answer button 1002 and a hang-up button 1003, but does not include the words corresponding to the answer button 1002 and the words corresponding to the hang-up button 1003. As shown in Figure 10(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device, such as a speaker, which can be used for the voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display in the second banner 1001 for transferring the voice call To the button 1004 of the speaker, the button 1004 only contains the identification of the speaker, and does not contain the words "answer with the speaker". As shown in Figure 10(c), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the above-mentioned voice call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can be in the second banner 1001 The button 1005 is displayed, and the button 1005 only contains the "other" logo, and does not contain the words "answer by other means". The user can click the button 1005. In response to the click operation, as shown in (c) in FIG. 10, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1006, which may include a button 1007 for transferring the voice call to the speaker. For example, the button 1007 includes "Use speaker "Answer" and the button 1008 for transferring the above voice call to the TV. For example, the button 1008 contains the words "Answer with TV".
再例如,相较于图8,结合图11,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行视频通话为例。如图11中的(a)所示,第二横幅1101中包括挂断按钮1102,视频接听按钮1103以及语音接听按钮1104,不包括与挂断按钮1102对应的字样,与视频接听按钮1103对应的字样以及与语音接听按钮1104对应的字样。如图11中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个或多个设备,如音箱和电视机能够用于上述视频通话转移,那么,手机1可在该第二横幅1101中显示按钮1105,该按钮1105中仅包含“其他”标识,不包含“其他方式接听”字样。用户可对该按钮1105进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图11中的(b)所示,手机1可在显示窗口1106,该窗口1106中包括:包含“语音接听”字样的按钮1107,用于将上述视频通话转移到电视机的按钮1108,如按钮1108包括“用电视接听”字样,以及用于将上述视频通话转移到音箱的按钮1109,如按钮1109包括“用音箱接听”字样。For another example, compared to FIG. 8 and in conjunction with FIG. 11, take the above-mentioned call request for requesting a video call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. As shown in Figure 11 (a), the second banner 1101 includes a hang-up button 1102, a video answer button 1103, and a voice answer button 1104. It does not include the words corresponding to the hang-up button 1102, and the word corresponding to the video answer button 1103. The words and words corresponding to the voice answer button 1104. As shown in Figure 11(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are one or more devices, such as speakers and TV sets, which can be used for the aforementioned video call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display buttons in the second banner 1101 1105. The button 1105 only contains the "other" logo, and does not contain the words "answer by other means". The user can click the button 1105. In response to the click operation, as shown in (b) in FIG. 11, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1106, and the window 1106 includes: a button 1107 containing the words "Voice Answer" for transferring the aforementioned video call to the TV The button 1108 of the phone, for example, the button 1108 includes the words "answer with TV", and the button 1109 for transferring the video call to the speaker, for example, the button 1109 includes the words "answer with the speaker".
当然,结合图6-图8,如图9-图11所示,第二横幅上包括的按钮与第一横幅上包括的按钮相比,按钮的显示位置也有差别。例如,如图9所示,第二横幅901上包括的按钮,分布在来电的电话号码两侧。而图6中所示的第一横幅601上的按钮位于来电的电话号码的下方。其余图中的示例类似,此处不再一一赘述。其他关于第二横幅的具体描述可参考对第一横幅的对应描述,此处不再详细赘述。Of course, in conjunction with FIGS. 6-8, as shown in FIGS. 9-11, the buttons included on the second banner have different display positions compared with the buttons included on the first banner. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the buttons included on the second banner 901 are distributed on both sides of the phone number of the incoming call. The button on the first banner 601 shown in FIG. 6 is located below the phone number of the incoming call. The examples in the other figures are similar, and will not be repeated here. For other specific descriptions of the second banner, please refer to the corresponding description of the first banner, which will not be repeated here.
另外,手机1还可以控制手机1的指示器闪烁,控制手机1的马达产生振动,控制手机1的扬声器播放来电铃音等来进行来电提醒。In addition, the mobile phone 1 can also control the indicator of the mobile phone 1 to flicker, control the motor of the mobile phone 1 to vibrate, and control the speaker of the mobile phone 1 to play incoming call ringtones to remind the incoming call.
其中,在本申请实施例中,手机1检测是否有设备能够用于通话转移的具体实现可以是:手机1在接收到来电请求后,可以判断近场环境中(即一定距离范围内)是否有设备能够用于通话转移。Among them, in the embodiment of the present application, the specific implementation for the mobile phone 1 to detect whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer may be: after the mobile phone 1 receives an incoming call request, it can determine whether there is a device in the near field environment (that is, within a certain distance). The device can be used for call transfer.
例如,在一些实施例中,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行基础通话为例。手机1可以判断是否有设备与手机1建立了无线连接(如,Wi-Fi连接和/或蓝牙连接,有设备与手机1建立了Wi-Fi连接可以为:有设备与手机1建立了P2P连接,或有设备与 手机1接入了同一个Wi-Fi接入点),且判断与手机1建立了无线连接的设备是否具备基础通话的能力。如果有设备与手机1建立了无线连接,且该设备具备基础通话的能力,则手机1可确定有设备能够用于通话转移。能够用于通话转移的设备即为与手机1建立无线连接,且具备基础通话能力的设备。例如,如图3中的(a),图6中的(b)或图9中的(b)所示的示例,在接收到来电请求后,手机1可以检测到有一个设备,即音箱与手机1建立了无线连接,且手机1确定音箱具备基础通话的能力,此时手机1可确定音箱能够用于通话转移。又例如,如图3中的(c)所示的示例,在接收到来电请求后,手机1可以检测到有两个设备,即音箱和平板与手机1建立了无线连接,且手机1确定音箱和平板均具备基础通话的能力,此时手机1可确定音箱以及平板能够用于通话转移。如图6中的(c)或图9中的(c)所示的示例,在接收到来电请求后,手机1可以检测到有两个设备,即音箱和电视机与手机1建立了无线连接,且手机1确定音箱和电视机均具备基础通话的能力,此时手机1可确定音箱以及电视机能够用于通话转移。示例性的,手机1可通过如下方式获知与手机1建立了无线连接的设备的是否具备基础通话的能力:方式1、与手机1建立了无线连接的设备可将自身是否具备基础通话的能力的指示通过建立的无线连接上报给手机1;方式2、手机1可从云端的服务器获得与手机1建立了无线连接的设备是否具备基础通话的能力的指示。该服务器可以是为手机1,以及各种家居设备,如音箱,电视机,平板等提供智能家居服务的设备。For example, in some embodiments, the above-mentioned incoming call request is used to request a basic call with the mobile phone 1 as an example. Mobile phone 1 can determine whether a device has established a wireless connection with mobile phone 1 (for example, Wi-Fi connection and/or Bluetooth connection, a device has established a Wi-Fi connection with mobile phone 1 can be: a device has established a P2P connection with mobile phone 1 , Or a device and the mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point), and it is determined whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make a basic call. If a device has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 and the device has basic call capabilities, the mobile phone 1 can determine that there is a device that can be used for call transfer. A device that can be used for call transfer is a device that establishes a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 and has basic call capabilities. For example, as shown in (a) in Figure 3, (b) in Figure 6 or (b) in Figure 9, after receiving an incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can detect that there is a device, namely a speaker and The mobile phone 1 establishes a wireless connection, and the mobile phone 1 determines that the speaker is capable of basic calls. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker can be used for call transfer. For another example, in the example shown in Figure 3(c), after receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can detect that there are two devices, namely the speaker and the tablet have established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1, and the mobile phone 1 determines the speaker Both the tablet and the tablet have basic call capabilities. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker and tablet can be used for call transfer. As shown in the example shown in Figure 6(c) or Figure 9(c), after receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can detect that there are two devices, namely the speaker and the TV set up a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1. , And the mobile phone 1 determines that both the speaker and the TV have basic call capabilities. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can determine that the speaker and the TV can be used for call transfer. Exemplarily, the mobile phone 1 can learn whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make basic calls: Method 1. The device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 can determine whether it has the ability to make basic calls. The instruction is reported to the mobile phone 1 through the established wireless connection; method 2, the mobile phone 1 can obtain an indication from the cloud server whether the device that has established a wireless connection with the mobile phone 1 has the ability to make basic calls. The server can be a device that provides smart home services for mobile phones 1, and various home devices, such as speakers, televisions, and tablets.
例如,在另一些实施例中,以上述来电请求用于请求与手机1进行VoIP通话,如语音通话或视频通话为例。手机1可以通过Wi-Fi广播或蓝牙广播的方式判断近场环境中是否有设备能够用于通话转移。For example, in some other embodiments, the above-mentioned call request is used to request a VoIP call with the mobile phone 1, such as a voice call or a video call, as an example. The mobile phone 1 can determine whether there is a device in the near field environment that can be used for call transfer by means of Wi-Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast.
其中,在该实施例中,能够用于通话转移的设备需满足条件1:支持VoIP通话,即需激活对应的VoIP通话服务。进一步的,能够用于通话转移的设备还需满足条件2:是手机1信任的设备,或者说与手机1互为信任设备,这样,能够保证通话被转移后的安全性。当然,手机1也支持VoIP通话,即也激活了对应的VoIP通话服务。Among them, in this embodiment, the device that can be used for call transfer needs to meet condition 1: supporting VoIP calls, that is, the corresponding VoIP call service needs to be activated. Further, a device that can be used for call transfer also needs to meet condition 2: it is a device trusted by the mobile phone 1, or it is a mutually trusted device with the mobile phone 1, so that the security after the call is transferred can be guaranteed. Of course, the mobile phone 1 also supports VoIP calls, that is, the corresponding VoIP call service is also activated.
另外,VoIP通话通常是需要与账号绑定的,因此手机1绑定(或者说登录)了某账号。在本申请一些实施例中,某设备是手机1信任的设备,或某设备与手机1互为信任设备,可以是指该设备与手机1登录了同一个账号。当然,该设备也可以与手机1登录不同的账号,但是该设备与手机1相互关联。例如,该设备与手机1相互关联可以是该设备登录的账号是手机1的联系人。或者,该设备与手机1相互关联可以是该设备是手机1授权的设备。如,手机1登录的账号授权某了账号,则登录该账号的设备是手机1信任的设备,或者说登录该账号的设备与手机1互为信任设备。本申请实施例中所述的账号可以为云服务提供商为用户提供的账号,如小米账号、华为账号、苹果账号(Apple ID)等,还可以为用于登录应用程序的账号,如微信账号、谷歌邮箱账号等。In addition, VoIP calls usually need to be bound to an account, so the mobile phone 1 is bound (or logged in) to an account. In some embodiments of the present application, a certain device is a device trusted by the mobile phone 1, or a certain device and the mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices, which may mean that the device and the mobile phone 1 are logged in to the same account. Of course, the device can also log in to a different account with the mobile phone 1, but the device and the mobile phone 1 are associated with each other. For example, if the device and the mobile phone 1 are associated with each other, the account that the device logs in is a contact of the mobile phone 1. Alternatively, the device and the mobile phone 1 may be associated with each other because the device is a device authorized by the mobile phone 1. For example, if the account logged in by mobile phone 1 authorizes an account, the device logging in to the account is a device trusted by mobile phone 1, or the device logging in to the account and mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices. The account mentioned in the embodiment of this application may be an account provided by a cloud service provider for the user, such as a Xiaomi account, a Huawei account, an Apple ID, etc., and may also be an account used to log in to an application, such as a WeChat account , Google Mail account, etc.
以能够用于通话转移的设备需满足上述条件1和条件2,手机1通过Wi-Fi广播的方式确定是否有设备能够用于通话转移为例。手机1在接收到来电请求后,可以发起Wi-Fi广播。这样,位于近场环境中的其他设备,如平板、电视机、音箱、笔记本电脑等可接收到手机1的Wi-Fi广播。Taking a device that can be used for call transfer to meet the above conditions 1 and 2, the mobile phone 1 uses Wi-Fi broadcasting to determine whether there is a device that can be used for call transfer as an example. After receiving the incoming call request, the mobile phone 1 can initiate a Wi-Fi broadcast. In this way, other devices located in the near-field environment, such as tablets, TVs, speakers, laptops, etc., can receive the Wi-Fi broadcast of the mobile phone 1.
平板、电视机、音箱、笔记本电脑等这些设备可以对接收到的Wi-Fi广播进行响应,即反馈响应消息。如,响应消息中可以携带设备是否支持VoIP通话,如是否支持华为的HiCall通话的指示,还可以携带支持的通话类型,如语音通话和/或视频通话。例如,用户在购买了支持VoIP通话,如HiCall通话的设备后,可以在手机上下载该设备(或 在该设备上下载)对应的应用程序,然后可通过扫描该设备上的二维码或通过近场发现等方式,在应用程序中激活该设备的HiCall通话服务。在该设备的HiCall通话服务激活后,该设备即可支持HiCall通话。另外,还可将该设备支持HiCall通话这种能力写入设备底层的配置文件(profile),还可写入设备支持的通话类型。这样,可此为依据在接收到Wi-Fi广播后,将设备是否支持HiCall通话的指示以及支持的通话类型携带在响应消息中回复给手机1。当然,如果在设备断电后,底层配置文件中写入的设备支持HiCall通话,以及设备支持的通话类型会丢失,那么可在设备重新上电登录时,重新向底层配置文件中写入该设备的呼叫能力,即写入是否支持HiCall通话以及支持的通话类型。另外,在用户下载了应用程序后,还可以通过该应用程序将该设备与某账号进行绑定。Devices such as tablets, TVs, speakers, and laptops can respond to received Wi-Fi broadcasts, that is, feedback response messages. For example, the response message can carry an indication of whether the device supports VoIP calls, such as whether it supports Huawei's HiCall calls, and can also carry supported call types, such as voice calls and/or video calls. For example, after a user purchases a device that supports VoIP calls, such as HiCall, he can download the corresponding application on the device (or download it on the device) on the phone, and then scan the QR code on the device or through In the near field discovery method, activate the HiCall call service of the device in the application. After the device's HiCall call service is activated, the device can support HiCall calls. In addition, the ability of the device to support HiCall calls can also be written into the underlying profile of the device, and the call types supported by the device can also be written. In this way, this can be based on the response message to the mobile phone 1 by carrying the indication of whether the device supports HiCall and the supported call type after receiving the Wi-Fi broadcast. Of course, if the device written in the underlying configuration file supports HiCall calls after the device is powered off, and the call type supported by the device will be lost, you can rewrite the device to the underlying configuration file when the device is powered on again and logged in. The call capability, that is, whether to support HiCall calls and the supported call types. In addition, after the user downloads the application, the device can also be bound to an account through the application.
手机1在接收到平板、电视机、音箱、笔记本电脑等这些设备的响应消息后,可先与每个设备建立非可信连接。基于建立的非可信连接,手机1与每个设备之间可传输受信认证所需要的信息。The mobile phone 1 may first establish an untrusted connection with each device after receiving the response message from the tablet, TV, speaker, notebook computer and other devices. Based on the established untrusted connection, the mobile phone 1 and each device can transmit information required for trusted authentication.
然后可通过中心认证或分布式认证的方式完成手机1与每个设备之间信任关系的校验,从而使得手机1确定平板、电视机、音箱、笔记本电脑等这些设备中哪些设备是可信任的设备,或手机1与平板、电视机、音箱、笔记本电脑等这些设备中哪些设备互为信任设备。如手机1确定平板、电视机和音箱是可信任的设备,或手机1与平板互为信任设备,手机1与电视机也互为信任设备,手机1与音箱也互为信任设备,而笔记本电脑不是可信任设备或手机1与笔记本电脑不互为信任设备。Then the verification of the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and each device can be completed through central authentication or distributed authentication, so that the mobile phone 1 can determine which of these devices such as tablets, TVs, speakers, and laptops are trustworthy The device, or which of the mobile phone 1 and the tablet, TV, speaker, laptop and other devices are mutually trusted devices. For example, mobile phone 1 determines that the tablet, TV, and speakers are trusted devices, or mobile phone 1 and the tablet are mutually trusted devices, mobile phone 1 and TV are also mutually trusted devices, mobile phone 1 and speakers are also mutually trusted devices, and laptops It is not a trusted device or the mobile phone 1 and the laptop are not mutually trusted devices.
最后,手机1可根据平板、电视机和音箱反馈的响应消息确定其是否支持VoIP通话。如果支持VoIP通话,则最终确定该设备为能够用于通话转移的设备。例如,结合图4中的(a)所示的示例,手机1最终确定的能够用于通话转移的设备是音箱。如图4中的(c)所示的示例,手机1最终确定的能够用于通话转移的设备是音箱和平板。又例如,如图5中的(a),图7中的(b)或图10中的(b)所示的示例,手机1最终确定的能够用于通话转移的设备是电视机。如图5中的(c)所示的示例,手机1最终确定的能够用于通话转移的设备是电视机和平板。如图7中的(c),图8中的(b),图10中的(c)或图11中的(b)所示的示例,手机1最终确定的能够用于通话转移的设备是电视机和音箱。Finally, the mobile phone 1 can determine whether it supports VoIP calls according to the response messages fed back from the tablet, TV, and speakers. If VoIP calls are supported, the device is finally determined to be a device that can be used for call transfer. For example, with reference to the example shown in (a) of FIG. 4, the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is a speaker. As shown in the example shown in (c) in Fig. 4, the mobile phone 1 finally determines that the devices that can be used for call transfer are speakers and tablets. For another example, as shown in (a) in FIG. 5, (b) in FIG. 7 or (b) in FIG. 10, the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is a TV. As shown in the example shown in (c) in Fig. 5, the mobile phone 1 finally determines that the devices that can be used for call transfer are TV sets and tablets. As shown in (c) in Figure 7, (b) in Figure 8, (c) in Figure 10, or (b) in Figure 11, the device finally determined by the mobile phone 1 to be used for call transfer is TV and speakers.
需要说明的是,手机1通过蓝牙广播的方式确定是否有设备能够用于通话转移的实现过程,与上述通过Wi-Fi广播的方式确定是否有设备能够用于通话转移的实现过程类似,此处不再详细赘述。另外,手机1还可以采用定位方式来确定近场环境(即确定距离范围)。例如,手机1可以采用定位方式判断手机1所处的位置,如果手机1处于用户家,则手机1可判断用户家的设备(如各种家居设备,或平板)中是否有设备能够用于通话转移。手机1还可以判断是否存在设备与手机1接入了同一个Wi-Fi接入点,如果存在设备与手机1接入了同一个Wi-Fi接入点,则手机1可从与手机1接入同一个Wi-Fi接入点的设备中确定是否有设备能够用于通话转移。本申请实施例在此对确定近场环境(即确定距离范围)的具体实现并不做具体限制。It should be noted that the process of determining whether a device can be used for call transfer by the mobile phone 1 through Bluetooth broadcasting is similar to the foregoing process for determining whether a device can be used for call transfer through Wi-Fi broadcasting. I won't repeat it in detail. In addition, the mobile phone 1 can also use a positioning method to determine the near field environment (ie, determine the distance range). For example, the mobile phone 1 can use the positioning method to determine the location of the mobile phone 1. If the mobile phone 1 is in the user's home, the mobile phone 1 can determine whether there are any devices in the user's home (such as various household equipment or tablets) that can be used for calls. Transfer. Mobile phone 1 can also determine whether the device and mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point. If the device and mobile phone 1 are connected to the same Wi-Fi access point, mobile phone 1 can connect to mobile phone 1. Enter the devices at the same Wi-Fi access point to determine whether any devices can be used for call transfer. The embodiment of the present application here does not specifically limit the specific implementation of determining the near-field environment (that is, determining the distance range).
其中,在一些实施例中,上述通过中心认证的方式校验设备之间的信任关系具体的可以是:手机1与需要进行信任关系认证的设备(如电视机)将受信认证所需的信息传输到云端信任中心的服务器,由该服务器对手机1与该电视机的信任关系进行验证,并将验证结果反馈给手机1。例如,以某设备是手机1信任的设备或某设备与手机1互为 信任设备是指该设备与手机1登录了同一个账号为例。受信认证所需的信息可以是手机1登录的账号,以及电视机登录的账号。如果服务器确定手机1登录的账号与电视机登录的账号是同一账号,则可确定电视机是手机1的信任设备,或手机1与电视机互为信任设备。上述通过分布式认证的方式校验设备之间的信任关系具体的可以是:在手机1与需要进行信任关系认证的设备(如电视机)进行首次认证时,手机1与电视机将受信认证所需的信息传输到云端信任中心的服务器,由该服务器对手机1与该电视机的信任关系进行验证。在该验证结果是电视机是手机1的信任设备,或手机1与电视机互为信任设备时,该服务器可将用于进行信任关系认证的证书/公钥传递给手机1和电视机。在后续手机1与电视机需要进行信任关系认证时,两个设备之间可通过公钥认证设备签名的方式来验证电视机是否是手机1的信任设备,或手机1与电视机是否互为信任设备。Among them, in some embodiments, the verification of the trust relationship between the devices through the central authentication method may specifically be: the mobile phone 1 and the device (such as a television) that needs to perform the trust relationship authentication transmit the information required for the trusted authentication To the server of the cloud trust center, the server verifies the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and the TV, and feeds back the verification result to the mobile phone 1. For example, if a device is trusted by mobile phone 1 or a device and mobile phone 1 are mutually trusted devices, it means that the device and mobile phone 1 are logged in to the same account as an example. The information required for trusted authentication can be the account logged in by the mobile phone 1 and the account logged in by the TV. If the server determines that the account logged in by the mobile phone 1 is the same account as the account logged in by the TV, it can determine that the TV is a trusted device of the mobile phone 1, or that the mobile phone 1 and the TV are mutually trusted devices. The above verification of the trust relationship between devices through the distributed authentication method may specifically be: when the mobile phone 1 and the device (such as a TV) that require trust relationship authentication are authenticated for the first time, the mobile phone 1 and the TV will be The required information is transmitted to the server of the cloud trust center, and the server verifies the trust relationship between the mobile phone 1 and the TV. When the verification result is that the TV is a trusted device of the mobile phone 1, or the mobile phone 1 and the TV are mutually trusted devices, the server can pass the certificate/public key used for trust relationship authentication to the mobile phone 1 and the TV. When the follow-up mobile phone 1 and the TV need to perform trust relationship authentication, the two devices can verify whether the TV is a trusted device of the mobile phone 1, or whether the mobile phone 1 and the TV are mutually trusted by means of public key authentication device signatures equipment.
另外,在本申请实施例中,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备能够用于通话转移(如上述基础通话转移,或语音通话转移,或视频通话转移),可以对显示的用于将通话转移到这多个设备的按钮进行排序。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, if the mobile phone 1 detects that two or more devices can be used for call transfer (such as the above basic call transfer, or voice call transfer, or video call transfer), the displayed The buttons used to transfer calls to these multiple devices are sorted.
在一些实施例中,手机1可以记录哪些设备被用户选择过用于通话转移,还可以记录被选择的次数,如果用户选择过某设备用于通话转移或者说选择该设备用于通话转移的次数越多,则可以优先显示用于将通话转移到该设备的按钮。例如,结合图3中的(c)所示的示例,手机1检测到两个设备,音箱和平板可用于通话转移,且用户选择过音箱用于通话转移,未选择过平板用于通话转移,则用于将通话转移到音箱的按钮307显示在用于将通话转移到平板的按钮308之前。又例如,结合图5中的(c)所示的示例,手机1检测到两个设备,电视机和平板可用于通话转移,且这两个设备均被用户选择过用于进行通话转移,且用户选择电视机的次数大于用户选择平板的次数,则用于将通话转移到电视机的按钮510显示在用于将通话转移到平板的按钮511之前。In some embodiments, the mobile phone 1 can record which devices have been selected by the user for call transfer, and can also record the number of times that the user has selected a device for call transfer, or the number of times the device has been selected for call transfer. The more, the button for transferring the call to the device can be displayed first. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (c) in Figure 3, the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, the speaker and the tablet can be used for call transfer, and the user has selected the speaker for call transfer, and has not selected the tablet for call transfer. Then the button 307 for transferring the call to the speaker is displayed before the button 308 for transferring the call to the tablet. For another example, in conjunction with the example shown in (c) in Figure 5, the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, the TV and the tablet can be used for call transfer, and both of these devices have been selected by the user for call transfer, and The number of times the user selects the TV set is greater than the number of times the user selects the tablet, then the button 510 for transferring the call to the TV is displayed before the button 511 for transferring the call to the tablet.
在其他一些实施例中,对于检测到的设备类型不同的场景,如检测到音箱和电视机两种类型的设备可用于通话转移,手机1可以根据来电类型的不同,按照不同的排序显示用于将通话转移到对应设备的按钮。示例性的,对于基础通话或语音通话来说,可以将音效好的设备对应的按钮优先显示。例如,如图7中的(c)所示的示例,手机1检测到两个设备,音箱和电视机可用于通话转移,对于基础通话和语音通话来说,音效的好坏用户更为关系,因此,可将用于将通话转移到音箱的按钮707显示在用于将通话转移到电视机的按钮708之前。对于视频通话来说,可以将屏幕大的设备对应的按钮优先显示。例如,如图8中的(b)所示的示例,手机1检测到两个设备,音箱和电视机可用于通话转移,对于视频通话来说,屏幕越大,视频画面更清晰,因此,可将用于将通话转移到电视机的按钮809显示在用于将通话转移到音箱的按钮810之前。In some other embodiments, for scenarios where the detected device types are different, for example, two types of devices, speakers and TVs, are detected to be used for call transfer. The mobile phone 1 can display different types of calls according to different types of calls. Transfer the call to the button of the corresponding device. Exemplarily, for basic calls or voice calls, buttons corresponding to devices with good sound effects may be displayed first. For example, in the example shown in Figure 7(c), the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, a speaker and a TV, which can be used for call transfer. For basic calls and voice calls, the sound effects are more relevant to the user. Therefore, the button 707 for transferring the call to the speaker may be displayed before the button 708 for transferring the call to the television. For video calls, the buttons corresponding to devices with large screens can be displayed first. For example, in the example shown in Figure 8(b), the mobile phone 1 detects two devices, a speaker and a TV, which can be used for call transfer. For video calls, the larger the screen, the clearer the video picture, so The button 809 for transferring the call to the TV is displayed before the button 810 for transferring the call to the speaker.
在另一些实施例中,对于检测到的设备类型相同的场景,如检测到两个电视机可用于通话转移,手机1可以优先显示条件更优的设备的按钮。条件更优可以包括以下一种或多种:屏幕更大,距离更近,画质更好,正在使用且当前未用于通话等。其中,这些条件可在上述检测设备是否能够用于通话转移的过程中获得。例如,在手机1确定某设备可以用于通话转移后,可获取该设备的信息,以得到上述条件。In other embodiments, for scenarios where the detected device types are the same, such as detecting that two TV sets can be used for call transfer, the mobile phone 1 may give priority to displaying the buttons of the device with better conditions. Better conditions may include one or more of the following: larger screen, closer distance, better picture quality, being used and not currently being used for calls, etc. Among them, these conditions can be obtained in the process of whether the above detection device can be used for call transfer. For example, after the mobile phone 1 determines that a certain device can be used for call transfer, the information of the device can be obtained to obtain the above conditions.
需要说明的是,上述三种排序方法可以单独使用,也可以同时使用,如使用其中的两种或三种排序方法,本申请实施例在此不做具体限制。It should be noted that the above three sorting methods can be used alone or at the same time. If two or three of the sorting methods are used, the embodiments of the present application do not make specific restrictions here.
在手机1进行来电提醒后,手机1的用户可选择拒绝来电。例如,结合图3所示的示例,用户可对挂断按钮303进行点击操作。手机1响应于该点击操作,可拒绝手机2 的来电。又例如,结合图7所示的示例,用户可对挂断按钮703进行点击操作。手机1响应于该点击操作,可拒绝手机2的语音通话请求。再例如,结合图11所示的示例,用户可对挂断按钮1102进行点击操作。手机1响应于该点击操作,可拒绝手机2的视频通话请求。After the mobile phone 1 reminds the call, the user of mobile phone 1 can choose to reject the call. For example, in combination with the example shown in FIG. 3, the user can click the hang-up button 303. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 may reject the incoming call from the mobile phone 2. For another example, in combination with the example shown in FIG. 7, the user can click the hang up button 703. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can reject the voice call request of the mobile phone 2. For another example, in combination with the example shown in FIG. 11, the user can click the hang-up button 1102. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 may reject the video call request of the mobile phone 2.
手机1的用户也可选择接听来电。在一些实施例中,用户可选择使用手机1进行通话。例如,结合图4所示的示例,用户可对接听按钮402进行点击操作。手机1响应于该点击操作,可与手机2建立语音通话连接。基于建立的语音通话连接,手机1的用户便可通过手机1与手机2的用户进行语音通话。又例如,结合图6所以的示例,用户可对接听按钮602进行点击操作。手机1响应于该点击操作,可与手机2建立基础通话连接。基于建立的基础通话连接,手机1的用户通过手机1可与手机2的用户进行基础通话。再例如,对于手机2请求与手机1进行视频通话来说,结合图11所示的示例,用户可对语音接听按钮1104进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,手机1可与手机2建立语音通话连接,基于建立的语音通话连接,手机1的用户可通过手机1与手机2的用户进行语音通话。用户也可以对视频接听按钮1103进行点击操作。响应该点击操作,手机1可与手机2建立视频通话连接,基于建立的视频通话连接,手机1的用户可通过手机1与手机2的用户进行视频通话。The user of mobile phone 1 can also choose to answer the call. In some embodiments, the user can choose to use the mobile phone 1 to make a call. For example, in combination with the example shown in FIG. 4, the user can click the answer button 402. The mobile phone 1 can establish a voice call connection with the mobile phone 2 in response to the click operation. Based on the established voice call connection, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1. For another example, in combination with the example shown in FIG. 6, the user can click the answer button 602. The mobile phone 1 can establish a basic call connection with the mobile phone 2 in response to the click operation. Based on the established basic call connection, the user of mobile phone 1 can make a basic call with the user of mobile phone 2 through mobile phone 1. For another example, for the mobile phone 2 requesting a video call with the mobile phone 1, in conjunction with the example shown in FIG. 11, the user can click the voice answer button 1104. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can establish a voice call connection with the mobile phone 2. Based on the established voice call connection, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1. The user can also click the video answer button 1103. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can establish a video call connection with the mobile phone 2. Based on the established video call connection, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a video call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the mobile phone 1.
在另一些实施例中,当手机1检测到有设备能够用于通话转移时,用户也可以选择将通话转移到其他设备上进行,也就是说,通过其他设备进行音视频数据的呈现及采集。例如,结合图5中的(a)所示的示例,手机1检测到电视机能够用于通话转移,并在来电提醒界面501中显示有用于将通话转移到电视机的按钮507。用户可以对该按钮507进行触发操作,如点击操作(用户对该按钮507的触发操作可以是本申请实施例中所述的第一输入),响应于该点击操作,手机1可将视频通话转移到电视机中进行,也就是说,手机1的用户可通过电视机与手机2的用户进行视频通话。又例如,结合图10中的(c)所示的示例,手机1检测到音箱和电视机能够用于语音通话转移,并在第二横幅1001中显示有用其他方式接听的按钮1005。用户可对该按钮1005进行点击操作。响应于用户对按钮1005的点击操作,手机1可显示窗口1006。该窗口1006中包括用于将语音通话转移到音箱的按钮1007,以及用于将语音通话转移到电视机的按钮1008。如果用户想用音箱与手机2的用户进行语音通话,则可以对该按钮1007进行触发操作,如点击操作(用户对该按钮1007的触发操作可以是本申请实施例中所述的第一输入),响应于用户对按钮1007的点击操作,手机1可将语音通话转移到音箱中进行,也就是说,手机1的用户可通过音箱与手机2的用户进行语音通话。In other embodiments, when the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device that can be used for call transfer, the user may also choose to transfer the call to another device, that is to say, perform audio and video data presentation and collection through other devices. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (a) of FIG. 5, the mobile phone 1 detects that the TV can be used for call transfer, and displays a button 507 for transferring the call to the TV on the incoming call reminder interface 501. The user can perform a trigger operation on the button 507, such as a click operation (the user's trigger operation on the button 507 may be the first input described in the embodiment of this application), and in response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can transfer the video call In other words, the user of mobile phone 1 can make a video call with the user of mobile phone 2 through the TV. For another example, in conjunction with the example shown in (c) of FIG. 10, the mobile phone 1 detects that the speaker and the TV can be used for voice call transfer, and displays a button 1005 for answering in other ways in the second banner 1001. The user can click the button 1005. In response to the user's clicking operation on the button 1005, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1006. The window 1006 includes a button 1007 for transferring the voice call to the speaker, and a button 1008 for transferring the voice call to the TV. If the user wants to use the speaker to make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2, he can perform a trigger operation on the button 1007, such as a click operation (the user's trigger operation on the button 1007 may be the first input described in the embodiment of the present application) In response to the user's click operation on the button 1007, the mobile phone 1 can transfer the voice call to the speaker, that is, the user of the mobile phone 1 can make a voice call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the speaker.
需要说明的是,上述触发手机1拒绝来电,通过手机1接听来电,以及将通话转移到其他设备上进行的操作除了上述示例中对手机1显示的界面中按钮的触发操作,如点击操作外,还可以是其他操作,这些操作均可以是本申请实施例中所述的第一输入。示例性的,用户可输入语音指令以触发手机1拒绝来电,或通过手机1接听来电,或将通话转移到其他设备中进行。例如,结合图10中的(b)所示的示例,用户可说出“用音箱接听”的指令(该“用音箱接听”的指令即为本申请实施例中所述的第一输入),以便手机1将语音通话转移到音箱中进行。It should be noted that, in addition to the above-mentioned operations that trigger the mobile phone 1 to reject the call, answer the call through the mobile phone 1, and transfer the call to other devices, in addition to the trigger operation of the button in the interface displayed by the mobile phone 1 in the above example, such as a click operation, It may also be other operations, and these operations may all be the first input described in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the user may input a voice command to trigger the mobile phone 1 to reject the call, or answer the call through the mobile phone 1, or transfer the call to another device. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (b) in Figure 10, the user can say the command "answer with a speaker" (the command "answer with a speaker" is the first input described in this embodiment of the application), So that the mobile phone 1 can transfer the voice call to the speaker.
在本申请实施例中,如果手机1将通话转移到了其他设备中进行,那么,在将通话转移到其他设备中之后,手机1可以作为中间设备转发该设备与手机2之间通话的音视频数据,即在通话转移后,手机1与该通话始终存在关联。也就是说,手机1可由手机 2处接收通话的音视频数据,并转发给该设备,以便该设备将来自手机2的音视频数据呈现给用户。手机1还可从该设备处接收通话的音视频数据(音视频数据由该设备采集得到),并转发给手机2。其中,如果由手机1作为中间设备转发通话的音视频数据,则手机1与该设备可以通过Wi-Fi链路来传输通话的音视频数据,也可通过蓝牙链路来传输通话的音视频数据,当然还可通过其他方式来传输,本申请实施例并不做限制。如果手机1与该设备通过Wi-Fi链路来传输通话的音视频数据,则手机1与该设备可以通过两者之间建立的P2P连接来传输通话的音视频数据,或者,手机1与该设备可以通过两者接入的Wi-Fi接入点的转发来传输通话的音视频数据。In the embodiment of this application, if the mobile phone 1 transfers the call to another device, then after the call is transferred to another device, the mobile phone 1 can act as an intermediate device to forward the audio and video data of the call between the device and the mobile phone 2. , That is, after the call is transferred, mobile phone 1 is always associated with the call. In other words, the mobile phone 1 can receive the audio and video data of the call from the mobile phone 2 and forward it to the device, so that the device can present the audio and video data from the mobile phone 2 to the user. The mobile phone 1 can also receive the audio and video data of the call from the device (audio and video data is collected by the device), and forward it to the mobile phone 2. Among them, if the mobile phone 1 is used as an intermediate device to forward the audio and video data of the call, the mobile phone 1 and the device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the Wi-Fi link, or transmit the audio and video data of the call through the Bluetooth link Of course, it can also be transmitted in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. If the mobile phone 1 and the device transmit the audio and video data of the call through the Wi-Fi link, the mobile phone 1 and the device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the P2P connection established between the two, or the mobile phone 1 and the device The device can transmit the audio and video data of the call through the forwarding of the Wi-Fi access points that the two access.
或者,在将通话转移到其他设备中之后,由该设备与手机2直接交互通话的音视频数据,此时该通话与手机1并没有关联。Or, after the call is transferred to another device, the audio and video data of the call is directly exchanged between the device and the mobile phone 2, and the call is not associated with the mobile phone 1 at this time.
需要说明的是,在手机1作为中间设备转发其他设备与手机2之间通话的音视频数据的场景中,实质上是手机1与手机2通过云服务器(例如,当利用华为的HiCall来实现VoIP通话时,该云服务器可以是指华为云服务器)或电信运营商的传统电话网络建立连接,该其他设备仅是作为手机1的音视频输入/输出设备来使用的。而在其他设备与手机2直接交互通话的音视频数据的场景中,实质上是该其他设备与手机2通过云服务器或电信运营商的传统电话网络直接建立连接的;且在该场景中,对于基础通话而言,要求该其他设备连接有SIM卡或安装有软SIM卡。It should be noted that in the scenario where mobile phone 1 is used as an intermediate device to forward the audio and video data of calls between other devices and mobile phone 2, in essence, mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 pass through a cloud server (for example, when using Huawei HiCall to implement VoIP During a call, the cloud server may refer to a Huawei cloud server or a traditional telephone network of a telecom operator to establish a connection, and the other device is only used as an audio and video input/output device of the mobile phone 1. In the scenario where the audio and video data of other devices interact directly with the mobile phone 2, in essence, the other device and the mobile phone 2 directly establish a connection through the cloud server or the traditional telephone network of the telecom operator; and in this scenario, For basic calls, it is required that the other device is connected with a SIM card or installed with a soft SIM card.
例如,结合图8中的(b)所示的示例,以用户选择将视频通话切换到电视机中进行,在视频通话转移到电视机后视频通话与手机1没有关联为例。用户在对按钮809进行了点击操作后,响应于该点击操作,手机1将通话切换到电视机中进行。此时,电视机可通过其登录的账号通过云服务器与手机2建立视频通话连接。这样,电视机可采集音视频数据,并通过云服务器传输给手机2。电视机还可接收手机2通过云服务器发送的音视频数据,并呈现给用户。For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (b) in FIG. 8, it is assumed that the user chooses to switch the video call to the TV, and the video call is not associated with the mobile phone 1 after the video call is transferred to the TV. After the user clicks the button 809, in response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 switches the call to the TV. At this time, the TV can establish a video call connection with the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server through its logged-in account. In this way, the TV can collect audio and video data and transmit it to the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server. The TV can also receive audio and video data sent by the mobile phone 2 through the cloud server and present it to the user.
在一些实施例中,对于在将通话转移到其他设备中之后,由该其他设备与手机2直接交互通话的音视频数据的场景,将通话转移到其他设备中的具体实现可以是:在手机1接收到用户的第一输入,如对用于将通话转移到其他设备(如电视机)的按钮的点击操作后,手机1可以向云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络中的网络设备)发送请求消息,如该请求消息可以是转移指令,该转移指令可用于请求云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络中的网络设备)与电视机建立VoIP通话连接(或基础通话连接)。响应于该转移指令,云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络中的网络设备)可以与电视机建立VoIP通话连接(或基础通话连接),即电视机与手机2通过云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络)建立了VoIP通话连接(或基础通话连接)。这样,用户便可通过电视机与手机2的用户进行VoIP通话。In some embodiments, after the call is transferred to another device, the other device directly interacts with the mobile phone 2 in the audio and video data scene, the specific implementation of transferring the call to the other device may be: After receiving the user’s first input, such as clicking on a button used to transfer the call to another device (such as a TV), the mobile phone 1 can send a message to the cloud server (or a network device in the traditional telephone network of a telecom operator) Send a request message. For example, the request message may be a transfer instruction, which may be used to request a cloud server (or a network device in a traditional telephone network of a telecom operator) to establish a VoIP call connection (or a basic call connection) with the TV. In response to the transfer instruction, the cloud server (or network equipment in the traditional telephone network of the telecom operator) can establish a VoIP call connection (or basic call connection) with the TV, that is, the TV and the mobile phone 2 pass through the cloud server (or telecom operation). The business’s traditional telephone network) establishes a VoIP call connection (or basic call connection). In this way, the user can make a VoIP call with the user of the mobile phone 2 through the TV.
另外,在手机1将通话转移到其他设备中进行后,手机1中可以保留对该通话的控制。例如,手机1中可以保留对该通话的挂断,切换回手机1,静音等的控制,用户可在手机1中进行挂断电话,将通话切换回手机1中,将通话静音等操作。而音视频数据的采集和呈现由转移后的设备执行。In addition, after the mobile phone 1 transfers the call to another device, the mobile phone 1 can retain control of the call. For example, the mobile phone 1 can retain the control of hanging up the call, switching back to the mobile phone 1, and mute. The user can hang up the call in the mobile phone 1, switch the call back to the mobile phone 1, and mute the call. The collection and presentation of audio and video data is performed by the transferred equipment.
示例性的,手机可以显示第二界面,如控制界面,该控制界面中可以包括用于挂断,切换回手机1,静音等控制的按钮。用户可通过对这些按钮进行操作,以实现对应控制。示例性的,手机1在接收到用户在手机1的控制界面中对用于挂断的按钮(如称为挂断按钮)的触发操作时,手机1可向云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络中的网络设 备)发送对应的挂断命令,以便结束通话。手机1还可向该其他设备发送挂断命令,以用于该设备进行状态同步,如挂断通话。Exemplarily, the mobile phone may display a second interface, such as a control interface, and the control interface may include buttons for hanging up, switching back to the mobile phone 1, mute and other controls. The user can operate these buttons to achieve corresponding control. Exemplarily, when the mobile phone 1 receives a user's trigger operation on a button for hanging up (for example, called a hang-up button) in the control interface of the mobile phone 1, the mobile phone 1 can send a request to a cloud server (or a traditional telecom operator). The network device in the telephone network) sends the corresponding hang-up command to end the call. The mobile phone 1 can also send a hang-up command to the other device for the device to perform state synchronization, such as hanging up a call.
又示例性的,手机1在接收到用户在手机1的控制界面中对用于将通话切换回手机1的按钮(如称为切换按钮)的触发操作时,手机1可向云服务器(或电信运营商的传统电话网络中的网络设备)发送对应的转移命令,该转移命令可用于请求断开与电视机的通话连接,与手机1建立通话连接,以便将通话转移回手机1中进行。手机1还可向该其他设备发送转移命令,以便该设备停止进行音视频数据的呈现和采集。例如,结合图8中的(b)所示的示例,以用户将视频通话切换到电视机中进行为例。在将通话切换到电视机中后,如图12中的(a)所示,手机1可以显示控制入口1201。当用户想通过手机1对视频通话进行控制时,可对该控制入口1201进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图12中的(b)所示,手机1可显示控制界面1202,该控制界面1202中可包括挂断按钮1203,以及对应的字样“挂断”。该控制界面1202中还可包括将通话切换回手机1的切换按钮1204。还可包括静音按钮(图中未示出)等。当用户想要将视频通话切换回手机1中进行时,可对该切换按钮1204进行点击操作,响应于该点击操作,手机1可向云服务器发送对应的转移命令,以便将视频通话切换回手机1中进行,即由手机1实现音视频数据的采集与呈现,如图12中的(d)所示。手机1还可向电视机发送转移命令,以便电视机停止音视频数据的呈现和采集。当然,为了防止误触发,在手机1接收到用户对切换按钮1204的点击操作后,如图12中的(c)所示,手机1可显示确认弹窗1205,如果用户想将视频通话切换回手机1,则可对确认按钮1206进行点击操作,响应于该操作,手机1将视频通话切换回手机1中进行。如果用户不想将视频通话切换回手机1,则可对取消按钮1207进行点击操作,此时,手机1可隐藏该确认弹窗1205,并且视频通话继续在电视机中进行。For another example, when the mobile phone 1 receives a user's trigger operation on a button (for example called a switch button) used to switch the call back to the mobile phone 1 in the control interface of the mobile phone 1, the mobile phone 1 may send a request to the cloud server (or telecom The network equipment in the traditional telephone network of the operator) sends a corresponding transfer command, which can be used to request to disconnect the call connection with the TV and establish a call connection with the mobile phone 1, so as to transfer the call back to the mobile phone 1. The mobile phone 1 can also send a transfer command to the other device, so that the device stops presenting and collecting audio and video data. For example, in conjunction with the example shown in (b) of FIG. 8, it is taken as an example that the user switches the video call to the TV. After the call is switched to the TV, as shown in (a) of FIG. 12, the mobile phone 1 may display the control portal 1201. When the user wants to control the video call through the mobile phone 1, he can click on the control entrance 1201. In response to the click operation, as shown in (b) of FIG. 12, the mobile phone 1 may display a control interface 1202, and the control interface 1202 may include a hang-up button 1203 and the corresponding words "hang up". The control interface 1202 may also include a switch button 1204 for switching the call back to the mobile phone 1. It may also include a mute button (not shown in the figure) and the like. When the user wants to switch the video call back to the mobile phone 1, he can click the switch button 1204. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 can send a corresponding transfer command to the cloud server to switch the video call back to the mobile phone. It is carried out in 1, that is, the mobile phone 1 realizes the collection and presentation of audio and video data, as shown in (d) in FIG. 12. The mobile phone 1 can also send a transfer command to the TV, so that the TV stops the presentation and collection of audio and video data. Of course, in order to prevent false triggers, after the mobile phone 1 receives the user's click operation on the switch button 1204, as shown in (c) in Figure 12, the mobile phone 1 can display a confirmation pop-up window 1205. If the user wants to switch the video call back In the mobile phone 1, the confirmation button 1206 can be clicked. In response to this operation, the mobile phone 1 switches the video call back to the mobile phone 1. If the user does not want to switch the video call back to the mobile phone 1, he can click the cancel button 1207. At this time, the mobile phone 1 can hide the confirmation pop-up window 1205, and the video call continues on the TV.
当然,在手机1将通话转移到其他设备中进行后,手机1中也可不保留对通话的控制,本申请实施例在此并不做具体限制。另外,在一些实施例中,无论手机1是否保留有对通话的控制,用户在转移后的设备中,也可以对该通话进行挂断,静音,切换回手机1的控制。例如,转移后的设备可以提供控制界面,用于进行挂断,静音,切换回手机1的控制。又例如,用户可以对转移后的设备的物理按键进行触发,以实现对通话的挂断,静音,切换回手机1的控制。本申请实施例在此也不做具体限制。Of course, after the mobile phone 1 transfers the call to another device, the mobile phone 1 may not retain the control of the call, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, in some embodiments, regardless of whether the mobile phone 1 retains control of the call, the user can also hang up the call, mute the call, and switch back to the control of the mobile phone 1 in the transferred device. For example, the transferred device can provide a control interface for the control of hanging up, mute, and switching back to the mobile phone 1. For another example, the user can trigger the physical buttons of the transferred device to realize the control of hanging up, mute, and switching back to the mobile phone 1. The embodiments of the application do not make specific restrictions here.
在本申请其他一些实施例中,手机1也可作为主叫设备,手机2作为被叫设备。手机1作为主叫设备时,以手机1的用户请求与手机2的用户进行基础通话为例。在用户拨号后,手机1可显示等待接听界面(该等待接听界面可以为本申请实施例中所述的第一界面),该等待接听界面中可包括静音,挂断等按钮。手机1在检测到用户拨号后,也可以检测是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移。当检测到有设备能够用于通话转移时,手机1可在等待接听界面中显示用于将通话转移到该设备的按钮。如图13中的(b)所示,如果手机1检测到有一个设备,如音箱能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么,手机1可以在该等待接听界面中显示按钮1301,该按钮1301中包含“用音箱接听”字样。该按钮1301可用于将上述基础通话转移到音箱中进行。如图13中的(c)所示,如果手机1检测到有两个或两个以上的设备,如音箱和平板能够用于上述基础通话转移,那么手机1可以在该等待接听界面中显示按钮1302,该按钮1302中包含“用其他设备通话”字样。用户可对该按钮1302进行点击操作。响应于该点击操作,如图13中的(d)所示,手机1可在等待接听界面中显示窗口1303,该窗口1303中包括用于将上述基础通话转 移到音箱的按钮1304,以及将上述基础通话转移到平板的按钮1305。在其他一些实施例中,手机1在检测到用户拨号后,也可不直接进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测,而是如图13中的(a)所示,手机1在等待接听界面中显示检测按钮1306。当用户想要将通话转移到其他设备上进行时,可对该检测按钮1306进行点击操作,响应于该点击操作,手机1再进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测。In some other embodiments of the present application, the mobile phone 1 can also be used as the calling device, and the mobile phone 2 can be used as the called device. When mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device, take the user of mobile phone 1 requesting a basic call with the user of mobile phone 2 as an example. After the user dials, the mobile phone 1 may display a waiting interface (the waiting interface may be the first interface described in the embodiment of this application), and the waiting interface may include buttons such as mute and hang up. After the mobile phone 1 detects that the user has dialed, it can also detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer. When it is detected that a device can be used for call transfer, the mobile phone 1 may display a button for transferring the call to the device in the waiting interface. As shown in Figure 13(b), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there is a device such as a speaker that can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button 1301 in the waiting interface, and the button 1301 contains The words "answer with speakers". The button 1301 can be used to transfer the basic call to the speaker. As shown in Figure 13(c), if the mobile phone 1 detects that there are two or more devices, such as speakers and tablets, which can be used for the aforementioned basic call transfer, then the mobile phone 1 can display a button in the waiting interface 1302, the button 1302 contains the words "talk with other devices". The user can click the button 1302. In response to the click operation, as shown in (d) in FIG. 13, the mobile phone 1 may display a window 1303 in the waiting interface. The window 1303 includes a button 1304 for transferring the basic call to the speaker, and The basic call is transferred to the button 1305 of the tablet. In some other embodiments, after the mobile phone 1 detects that the user dials, it may not directly detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer. Instead, as shown in Figure 13 (a), the mobile phone 1 is waiting to answer the call. The detection button 1306 is displayed on the interface. When the user wants to transfer the call to another device, he can click the detection button 1306. In response to the click operation, the mobile phone 1 detects whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer.
当然,手机1作为主叫设备的场景也适应于VoIP通话(如语音通话或视频通话)的方式,具体检测到有设备可用于通话转移时对应按钮的显示方式可参考图4或图5所示示例中对应按钮的显示方式。并且,类似上述图6-图11所示的横幅提示方式也可适用于手机1作为主叫设备的场景,具体检测到有设备可用于通话转移时对应按钮的显示方式,可参考图6-图11中对应按钮的显示方式,本申请实施例此处不再详细赘述。另外,类似于图13所示的示例,手机1可在检测到拨号后进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测,也可以在接收到用户对检测按钮的触发后进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测,本实施例在此也不做限制。另外,在手机1与手机2通话(基础通话,或语音通话或视频通话)的过程中,如果检测到有设备能够用于通话转移,也可以在通话界面中显示用于将通话转移到其他设备的按钮,具体的显示方式可参考图3-图13中对应按钮的显示方式,本申请实施例在此也不详细赘述。且类似于图13所示的示例,手机1可在检测到通话接通时进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测,也可以在接收到用户对检测按钮的触发后进行是否有设备能够用于基础通话转移的检测,本实施例在此也不做限制。Of course, the scenario where the mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device is also suitable for VoIP calls (such as voice calls or video calls). For the specific button display mode when a device is detected that can be used for call transfer, please refer to Figure 4 or Figure 5. The display mode of the corresponding button in the example. In addition, the banner prompt method similar to that shown in Figure 6 to Figure 11 can also be applied to the scenario where the mobile phone 1 is used as the calling device. For the specific button display mode when a device is detected that can be used for call transfer, please refer to Figure 6 The display mode of the corresponding button in 11 is not described in detail here in this embodiment of the application. In addition, similar to the example shown in FIG. 13, the mobile phone 1 can detect whether there is a device that can be used for basic call transfer after detecting the dialing, and can also detect whether there is a device that can be used after receiving the user's trigger on the detection button. Regarding the detection of basic call transfer, this embodiment does not restrict it here. In addition, during the call between mobile phone 1 and mobile phone 2 (basic call, or voice call or video call), if a device is detected that can be used for call transfer, it can also be displayed on the call interface to transfer the call to other devices For the specific display mode of the button, please refer to the display mode of the corresponding button in FIG. 3 to FIG. 13, which is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present application. And similar to the example shown in Figure 13, the mobile phone 1 can detect whether there is a device available for basic call transfer when it detects that the call is connected, or it can detect whether there is a device available after receiving the user’s trigger for the detection button. It is used for the detection of basic call transfer, and this embodiment is not limited here.
本申请实施例提供的通话方法,手机在检测到有设备能够用于通话转移时,可在该手机上显示用于将通话转移到其他设备的按钮。在用户不想利用手机进行通话时,可通过对相应按钮进行触发操作,以便通过其他设备来进行通话。这样,用户可方便快速地将通话转移到其他设备上进行,提升了通话体验。In the call method provided by the embodiments of the present application, when a mobile phone detects that a device can be used for call transfer, it can display a button for transferring the call to another device on the mobile phone. When the user does not want to use the mobile phone to make a call, the user can trigger the corresponding button to make the call through other devices. In this way, users can conveniently and quickly transfer calls to other devices, which improves the call experience.
本申请另一些实施例还提供了一种电子设备,用于执行以上实施例中的方法,以实现上述实施例中第一电子设备,即手机1的功能。该电子设备可以包括:显示屏;一个或多个处理器;存储器;移动通信模块。上述各器件可以通过一个或多个通信总线连接。其中上述存储器中存储一个或多个计算机程序代码,该一个或多个计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,一个或多个处理器用于执行计算机指令,可以用于实现上述实施例中第一电子设备,即手机1的行为功能。显示屏可用于接收用户的操作,以及根据一个或多个处理器的指示进行内容的显示。Other embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device for executing the method in the above embodiment, so as to realize the function of the first electronic device, that is, the mobile phone 1 in the above embodiment. The electronic device may include: a display screen; one or more processors; a memory; and a mobile communication module. The above devices can be connected through one or more communication buses. One or more computer program codes are stored in the foregoing memory, and the one or more computer program codes include computer instructions, and one or more processors are used to execute the computer instructions, and may be used to implement the first electronic device in the foregoing embodiment, namely Behavior function of mobile phone 1. The display screen can be used to receive user operations and display content according to instructions from one or more processors.
例如,该电子设备可接收来自第三电子设备的来电请求,该来电请求用于请求进行VoIP通话;检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,接收用户的第一输入,该第一输入用于请求将VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行,第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;响应于第一输入,向云服务器发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求云服务器与第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过第二电子设备与第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。For example, the electronic device can receive an incoming call request from a third electronic device, the incoming call request is used to request a VoIP call; whether there is a device within the detected distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is a device within the detected distance that can be used When the VoIP call is transferred, receiving a first input from the user, the first input is used to request to transfer the VoIP call to a second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance; In the first input, a request message is sent to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, so that the user can make a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the second electronic device.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质可包括计算机软件指令,当该计算机软件指令在电子设备(即上述第一电子设备,如手机1)上运行时,使得该电子设备执行上述实施例中手机1执行的各个步骤。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may include computer software instructions. When the computer software instructions run on an electronic device (ie, the aforementioned first electronic device, such as the mobile phone 1) At this time, the electronic device is made to execute the steps performed by the mobile phone 1 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上 运行时,使得该计算机执行上述实施例中电子设备(即上述第一电子设备,如手机1)执行的各个步骤。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute each of the electronic devices in the above embodiments (ie, the first electronic device, such as the mobile phone 1). step.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种装置,该装置具有实现上述实施例中第一电子设备如手机1行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块,例如,通信单元或模块,检测单元或模块,输入单元或模块,显示单元或模块等。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a device that has the function of realizing the behavior of the first electronic device such as the mobile phone 1 in the above-mentioned embodiments. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the aforementioned functions, for example, a communication unit or module, a detection unit or module, an input unit or module, a display unit or module, and so on.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated as needed. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any change or replacement within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application . Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (17)

  1. 一种通话方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A call method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一电子设备接收来自第三电子设备的来电请求,所述来电请求用于请求进行基于互联网协议IP的语音传输VoIP通话;The first electronic device receives an incoming call request from the third electronic device, where the incoming call request is used to request a voice transmission VoIP call based on Internet Protocol IP;
    所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;The first electronic device detects whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer;
    在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,所述第一电子设备接收用户的第一输入,所述第一输入用于请求将所述VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行,所述第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;When it is detected that there is a device within the distance range that can be used to transfer the VoIP call, the first electronic device receives the user's first input, and the first input is used to request the transfer of the VoIP call to the second electronic device. , The second electronic device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance;
    响应于所述第一输入,所述第一电子设备向云服务器发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述云服务器与所述第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过所述第二电子设备与所述第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。In response to the first input, the first electronic device sends a request message to the cloud server, the request message being used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, so that the user can pass the first The second electronic device makes a VoIP call with the third electronic device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    响应于所述来电请求,所述第一电子设备显示第一界面;In response to the incoming call request, the first electronic device displays a first interface;
    其中,如果所述第一电子设备检测到所述第二电子设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则所述第一界面中包括与所述第二电子设备对应的按钮;如果所述第一电子设备检测到距离范围内存在至少两个设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则所述第一界面中包括与所述至少两个设备一一对应的按钮,所述至少两个设备包括所述第二电子设备;Wherein, if the first electronic device detects that the second electronic device can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface includes a button corresponding to the second electronic device; if the first electronic device It is detected that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, then the first interface includes buttons corresponding to the at least two devices one-to-one, and the at least two devices include the second electronic device. equipment;
    所述第一电子设备接收用户的第一输入,包括:The first electronic device receiving a user's first input includes:
    所述第一电子设备接收用户对所述第二电子设备对应的按钮的触发操作。The first electronic device receives a user's trigger operation on the button corresponding to the second electronic device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first electronic device detecting whether there is a device within a distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer comprises:
    所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话;The first electronic device detects whether there is a device within the detection distance that supports VoIP calls;
    其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。Among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first electronic device detecting whether there is a device within a distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer comprises:
    所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话,并检测支持VoIP通话的设备与所述第一电子设备是否互为信任设备;The first electronic device detects whether there is a device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, and detects whether the device that supports VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices;
    其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,且支持VoIP通话的设备与所述第一电子设备互为信任设备,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,或距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,但支持VoIP通话的设备与所述第一电子设备不互为信任设备,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。Wherein, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, and the device that supports VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices, it is determined that there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is no device within the distance that supports VoIP During a call, or if there is a device within the distance range that supports VoIP calls, but the device supporting the VoIP call and the first electronic device are not mutually trusted devices, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,支持VoIP通话的设备与所述第一电子设备互为信任设备,具体为:The method according to claim 4, wherein the device supporting VoIP calls and the first electronic device are mutually trusted devices, specifically:
    支持VoIP通话的设备与所述第一电子设备登录了同一个账号;或,The device that supports VoIP calls and the first electronic device are logged in to the same account; or,
    支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是所述第一电子设备登录账号的授权账号;或,The login account of the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account of the login account of the first electronic device; or,
    支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是所述第一电子设备的联系人。The account logged in by the device supporting the VoIP call is the contact of the first electronic device.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first electronic device detecting whether there is a device within a distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, comprises:
    所述第一电子设备采用无线保真Wi-Fi广播或蓝牙广播的方式检测距离范围内是否 有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;或,The first electronic device uses wireless fidelity Wi-Fi broadcasting or Bluetooth broadcasting to detect whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or,
    所述第一电子设备采用定位方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。The first electronic device uses a positioning method to detect whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述响应于所述第一输入,所述第一电子设备向云服务器发送请求消息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein after the first electronic device sends a request message to a cloud server in response to the first input, the method further comprises:
    所述第一电子设备显示第二界面,所述第二界面包括挂断按钮和切换按钮;The first electronic device displays a second interface, and the second interface includes a hang-up button and a switch button;
    所述第一电子设备接收用户对所述挂断按钮的触发操作,响应于对所述挂断按钮的触发操作,所述第一电子设备向所述云服务器发送挂断命令,所述挂断命令用于指示所述云服务器结束所述第二电子设备与所述第三电子设备的VoIP通话;或,The first electronic device receives a user's trigger operation on the hangup button, and in response to the trigger operation on the hangup button, the first electronic device sends a hangup command to the cloud server, and the hangup The command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the VoIP call between the second electronic device and the third electronic device; or,
    所述第一电子设备接收用户对所述切换按钮的触发操作,响应于对所述切换按钮的触发操作,所述第一电子设备向所述云服务器发送转移命令,所述转移命令用于请求所述云服务器断开与所述第二电子设备的VoIP通话连接,与所述第一电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过所述第一电子设备与所述第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。The first electronic device receives a user's trigger operation on the switch button, and in response to the trigger operation on the switch button, the first electronic device sends a transfer command to the cloud server, and the transfer command is used to request The cloud server disconnects the VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, and establishes a VoIP call connection with the first electronic device, so that a user can conduct a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the first electronic device.
  8. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括:处理器、存储器,显示屏和移动通信模块;所述处理器、所述移动通信模块,所述显示屏和所述存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令被所述电子设备执行时,使得所述电子设备执行如下操作:An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device comprises: a processor, a memory, a display screen, and a mobile communication module; the processor, the mobile communication module, the display screen and the memory are coupled, the The memory is used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is caused to perform the following operations:
    接收来自第三电子设备的来电请求,所述来电请求用于请求进行基于互联网协议IP的语音传输VoIP通话;Receiving a call request from a third electronic device, the call request being used to request a voice transmission VoIP call based on Internet Protocol IP;
    检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;Whether there is a device within the detection distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer;
    在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,接收用户的第一输入,所述第一输入用于请求将所述VoIP通话转移到第二电子设备中进行,所述第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;When it is detected that there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, the user's first input is received, and the first input is used to request that the VoIP call be transferred to a second electronic device. The device is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer within a distance;
    响应于所述第一输入,向云服务器发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述云服务器与所述第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过所述第二电子设备与所述第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。In response to the first input, a request message is sent to the cloud server, the request message is used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device, so that the user can communicate with the second electronic device through the second electronic device. The third electronic device makes a VoIP call.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的电子设备,其特征在于,当所述计算机指令被所述电子设备执行时,还使得所述电子设备执行如下操作:The electronic device according to claim 8, wherein when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device is further caused to perform the following operations:
    响应于所述来电请求,显示第一界面;In response to the incoming call request, display a first interface;
    其中,如果检测到所述第二电子设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则所述第一界面中包括与所述第二电子设备对应的按钮;如果检测到距离范围内存在至少两个设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,则所述第一界面中包括与所述至少两个设备一一对应的按钮,所述至少两个设备包括所述第二电子设备;Wherein, if it is detected that the second electronic device can be used for VoIP call transfer, the first interface includes a button corresponding to the second electronic device; if it is detected that there are at least two devices within the distance range that can be used For VoIP call transfer, the first interface includes buttons corresponding to the at least two devices one-to-one, and the at least two devices include the second electronic device;
    所述接收用户的第一输入,具体为:接收用户对所述第二电子设备对应的按钮的触发操作。The receiving the first input of the user is specifically: receiving the user's trigger operation on the button corresponding to the second electronic device.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein:
    所述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体为:检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话;The detecting whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer is specifically: whether there is a device within the detecting distance range that supports VoIP calls;
    其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。Among them, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that there are devices that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there are no devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein:
    所述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体为:检测距离范围内是否存在设备支持VoIP通话,并检测支持VoIP通话的设备与所述电子设备是否互为信任设备;The detecting whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer is specifically: detecting whether there is a device within the distance range that supports VoIP calls, and detecting whether the device supporting VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices;
    其中,如果距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,且支持VoIP通话的设备与所述电子设备互为信任设备,则确定有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;如果距离范围内不存在设备支持VoIP通话,或距离范围内存在设备支持VoIP通话,但支持VoIP通话的设备与所述电子设备不互为信任设备,则确定没有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。Wherein, if there are devices within the distance range that support VoIP calls, and the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices, it is determined that there is a device that can be used for VoIP call transfer; if there is no device within the distance that supports VoIP calls, Or if there is a device within the distance range that supports VoIP calls, but the device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device are not mutually trusted devices, it is determined that no device can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,支持VoIP通话的设备与所述电子设备互为信任设备,具体为:The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein the device supporting VoIP calls and the electronic device are mutually trusted devices, specifically:
    支持VoIP通话的设备与所述电子设备登录了同一个账号;或,The device that supports VoIP calls and the electronic device are logged in to the same account; or,
    支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是所述电子设备登录账号的授权账号;或,The login account of the device that supports VoIP calls is an authorized account of the login account of the electronic device; or,
    支持VoIP通话的设备登录的账号是所述电子设备的联系人。The account logged in by the device supporting the VoIP call is the contact of the electronic device.
  13. 根据权利要求8-12中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,具体为:The electronic device according to any one of claims 8-12, wherein whether there is a device within the detection distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer is specifically:
    采用无线保真Wi-Fi广播或蓝牙广播的方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移;或,Use wireless fidelity Wi-Fi broadcast or Bluetooth broadcast to detect whether there is a device within the distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; or,
    采用定位方式检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移。The positioning method is used to detect whether there are devices within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer.
  14. 根据权利要求8-13中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,当所述计算机指令被所述电子设备执行时,还使得所述电子设备执行如下操作:The electronic device according to any one of claims 8-13, wherein when the computer instruction is executed by the electronic device, the electronic device further causes the electronic device to perform the following operations:
    显示第二界面,所述第二界面包括挂断按钮和切换按钮;Displaying a second interface, the second interface including a hang up button and a switch button;
    接收用户对所述挂断按钮的触发操作,响应于对所述挂断按钮的触发操作,向所述云服务器发送挂断命令,所述挂断命令用于指示所述云服务器结束所述第二电子设备与所述第三电子设备的VoIP通话;或,Receive a user's trigger operation on the hangup button, and send a hangup command to the cloud server in response to the trigger operation on the hangup button, where the hangup command is used to instruct the cloud server to end the first The second electronic device makes a VoIP call with the third electronic device; or,
    接收用户对所述切换按钮的触发操作,响应于对所述切换按钮的触发操作,向所述云服务器发送转移命令,所述转移命令用于请求所述云服务器断开与所述第二电子设备的VoIP通话连接,与所述电子设备建立VoIP通话连接,以便用户通过所述电子设备与所述第三电子设备进行VoIP通话。Receive a user's trigger operation on the switch button, and in response to the trigger operation on the switch button, send a transfer command to the cloud server, where the transfer command is used to request the cloud server to disconnect from the second electronic The VoIP call connection of the device is to establish a VoIP call connection with the electronic device, so that the user can make a VoIP call with the third electronic device through the electronic device.
  15. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括:计算机软件指令;A computer-readable storage medium, which is characterized by comprising: computer software instructions;
    当所述计算机软件指令在电子设备中运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的通话方法。When the computer software instruction runs in an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the call method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  16. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的通话方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the call method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  17. 一种通话系统,其特征在于,所述通话系统包括:第一电子设备,第二电子设备,第三电子设备以及云服务器;A call system, characterized in that the call system includes: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, a third electronic device and a cloud server;
    所述第三电子设备,用于向所述第一电子设备发送来电请求,所述来电请求用于请求进行基于互联网协议IP的语音传输VoIP通话;The third electronic device is configured to send an incoming call request to the first electronic device, and the incoming call request is used to request a voice transmission VoIP call based on Internet Protocol IP;
    所述第一电子设备,用于接收所述来电请求,检测距离范围内是否有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移,在检测到距离范围内有设备能够用于VoIP通话转移时,接收用户的第一输入,所述第一输入用于请求将所述VoIP通话转移到所述第二电子设备中进行,所述第二电子设备是距离范围内能够用于VoIP通话转移的设备;响应于所述第一输入,向所 述云服务器发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述云服务器与所述第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接;The first electronic device is configured to receive the incoming call request, detect whether there is a device within the distance range that can be used for VoIP call transfer, and receive the user's first Input, the first input is used to request to transfer the VoIP call to the second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a device within a distance that can be used for VoIP call transfer; in response to the first One input, sending a request message to the cloud server, the request message being used to request the cloud server to establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device;
    所述云服务器,用于接收所述请求消息,与所述第二电子设备建立VoIP通话连接;The cloud server is configured to receive the request message and establish a VoIP call connection with the second electronic device;
    所述第二电子设备,用于基于所述VoIP通话连接通过所述云服务器与所述第三电子设备传输VoIP通话的音视频数据。The second electronic device is configured to transmit audio and video data of the VoIP call to the third electronic device through the cloud server based on the VoIP call connection.
PCT/CN2020/087500 2019-05-07 2020-04-28 Calling method, device and system WO2020224486A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910377574.3A CN110138937B (en) 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 Call method, device and system
CN201910377574.3 2019-05-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020224486A1 true WO2020224486A1 (en) 2020-11-12

Family

ID=67576608

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/087500 WO2020224486A1 (en) 2019-05-07 2020-04-28 Calling method, device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110138937B (en)
WO (1) WO2020224486A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4117263A4 (en) * 2021-03-29 2023-06-07 BOE Technology Group Co., Ltd. Call method, terminal, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
CN116667875A (en) * 2022-09-29 2023-08-29 荣耀终端有限公司 Switching method and device of internet access and terminal equipment
WO2023207986A1 (en) * 2022-04-26 2023-11-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Call switching method and apparatus, and electronic device
US11997149B1 (en) 2023-04-25 2024-05-28 Zoom Video Communications, Inc. Visual code-based real-time communication session transfer

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110138937B (en) * 2019-05-07 2021-06-15 华为技术有限公司 Call method, device and system
CN110545351B (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 Incoming call processing method, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN110769394B (en) * 2019-09-18 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Video call method and electronic equipment
CN112887926B (en) 2019-11-30 2022-08-09 华为技术有限公司 Calling method and device
CN110996276A (en) * 2019-12-16 2020-04-10 深圳市本牛科技有限责任公司 Disturbance-free method and device and mobile terminal
CN113098920A (en) * 2020-01-09 2021-07-09 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Session establishment method, device and related equipment
CN111464689A (en) * 2020-01-22 2020-07-28 华为技术有限公司 Audio output method and terminal equipment
CN111200776B (en) * 2020-03-05 2022-04-01 北京声智科技有限公司 Audio playing control method and sound box equipment
CN113497909B (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Equipment interaction method and electronic equipment
CN111726561B (en) * 2020-06-17 2022-07-08 千脉文化传媒(上海)有限公司 Conference method, system, equipment and storage medium for different terminals and same account
CN114095607B (en) * 2020-08-24 2023-05-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, terminal equipment and computer storage medium
CN112235456B (en) * 2020-10-12 2021-09-03 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Incoming call rejection processing method, system, computer equipment and storage medium
CN114500725B (en) * 2020-11-13 2023-06-27 华为技术有限公司 Target content transmission method, master device, slave device, and storage medium
CN113259337B (en) * 2021-05-07 2022-12-09 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Multi-terminal audio and video answering control method, server, terminal, equipment and medium
CN113595866A (en) * 2021-06-21 2021-11-02 青岛海尔科技有限公司 Method and device for establishing audio and video call among multiple devices
CN113660448B (en) * 2021-08-23 2022-07-15 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Call processing method, device, terminal equipment and storage medium
CN115814403A (en) * 2021-09-16 2023-03-21 荣耀终端有限公司 Equipment control method and device
CN116321028A (en) * 2021-12-21 2023-06-23 荣耀终端有限公司 Call transfer method and terminal equipment
CN117014843A (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-07 荣耀终端有限公司 Mobile communication method and electronic equipment
CN115103231A (en) * 2022-06-30 2022-09-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 Video call method and device, first electronic equipment and second electronic equipment
CN116709226A (en) * 2022-10-31 2023-09-05 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication relay method, electronic device, communication system, and storage medium
CN117098081B (en) * 2023-10-08 2024-05-10 荣耀终端有限公司 Cross-equipment call service transfer method, electronic equipment and system

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060128307A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-06-15 Levien Royce A Bring call here selectively
US20080141302A1 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-12 Sony Corporation Apparatus and method for collaborating between a video device and a telephonic device
CN103595949A (en) * 2013-11-07 2014-02-19 深圳创维数字技术股份有限公司 Video call transfer method, terminal and system
CN104853135A (en) * 2015-05-13 2015-08-19 广州物联家信息科技股份有限公司 Method and system for video switching during voice communication process
CN105101131A (en) * 2015-06-18 2015-11-25 小米科技有限责任公司 Method and device for answering incoming call
CN105635625A (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-06-01 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Video conversation method and device
CN108632560A (en) * 2018-05-14 2018-10-09 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Video call method, device and terminal device
CN110138937A (en) * 2019-05-07 2019-08-16 华为技术有限公司 A kind of call method, equipment and system

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8978112B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2015-03-10 Sorenson Communications, Inc. Methods, devices, and systems for remotely controlling a plurality of communication devices
CN106559591B (en) * 2015-09-30 2020-11-24 北京奇虎科技有限公司 Mobile phone terminal conversation method and device based on call forwarding
CN107708078A (en) * 2017-09-13 2018-02-16 捷开通讯(深圳)有限公司 Mobile terminal and its call transferring method, storage device
CN107920160B (en) * 2017-10-20 2021-09-07 捷开通讯(深圳)有限公司 Call forwarding method, intelligent terminal and device with storage function
CN109246633A (en) * 2018-11-09 2019-01-18 广东小天才科技有限公司 Call forwarding control method and device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060128307A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-06-15 Levien Royce A Bring call here selectively
US20080141302A1 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-12 Sony Corporation Apparatus and method for collaborating between a video device and a telephonic device
CN103595949A (en) * 2013-11-07 2014-02-19 深圳创维数字技术股份有限公司 Video call transfer method, terminal and system
CN105635625A (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-06-01 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Video conversation method and device
CN104853135A (en) * 2015-05-13 2015-08-19 广州物联家信息科技股份有限公司 Method and system for video switching during voice communication process
CN105101131A (en) * 2015-06-18 2015-11-25 小米科技有限责任公司 Method and device for answering incoming call
CN108632560A (en) * 2018-05-14 2018-10-09 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Video call method, device and terminal device
CN110138937A (en) * 2019-05-07 2019-08-16 华为技术有限公司 A kind of call method, equipment and system

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4117263A4 (en) * 2021-03-29 2023-06-07 BOE Technology Group Co., Ltd. Call method, terminal, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium
US20240106922A1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2024-03-28 Beijing Boe Technology Development Co., Ltd. Call Method and Terminal, and Non-transitory Computer-Readable Storage Medium
WO2023207986A1 (en) * 2022-04-26 2023-11-02 维沃移动通信有限公司 Call switching method and apparatus, and electronic device
CN116667875A (en) * 2022-09-29 2023-08-29 荣耀终端有限公司 Switching method and device of internet access and terminal equipment
CN116667875B (en) * 2022-09-29 2024-03-08 荣耀终端有限公司 Switching method and device of internet access and terminal equipment
US11997149B1 (en) 2023-04-25 2024-05-28 Zoom Video Communications, Inc. Visual code-based real-time communication session transfer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110138937B (en) 2021-06-15
CN110138937A (en) 2019-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020224486A1 (en) Calling method, device and system
WO2021027616A1 (en) Terminal device, method and system for realizing one-touch screen projection through remote control
WO2020041952A1 (en) Method and electronic apparatus for controlling express delivery cabinet on the basis of express delivery message
WO2020249062A1 (en) Voice communication method and related device
WO2020244623A1 (en) Air-mouse mode implementation method and related device
WO2021052178A1 (en) Wi-fi connection method and device
EP4319169A1 (en) Screen projection method for electronic device, and electronic device
WO2021082829A1 (en) Bluetooth connection method and related apparatus
WO2022100610A1 (en) Screen projection method and apparatus, and electronic device and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020216098A1 (en) Method for providing forwarding service across electronic apparatuses, apparatus, and system
WO2021043219A1 (en) Bluetooth reconnection method and related apparatus
WO2020224447A1 (en) Method and system for adding smart home device to contacts
WO2020042119A1 (en) Message transmission method and device
WO2020238890A1 (en) Information processing method and device
US20220179827A1 (en) File Sharing Method of Mobile Terminal and Device
WO2021017909A1 (en) Method, electronic device and system for realizing functions through nfc tag
WO2021103955A1 (en) Calling method and apparatus
WO2021031865A1 (en) Call method and apparatus
EP4250075A1 (en) Content sharing method, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2021027623A1 (en) Device capability discovery method and p2p device
CN114339698A (en) Method for establishing wireless connection through equipment touch, electronic equipment and chip
WO2021052388A1 (en) Video communication method and video communication apparatus
WO2022267974A1 (en) Screen projection method and related apparatus
WO2022206771A1 (en) Screen projection method, electronic device, and system
WO2022037405A1 (en) Information verification method, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20802379

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20802379

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1